10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

[   ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ______ to ______

Commission file number 001-15757

IMAGEWARE SYSTEMS INCORPORATED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	33-0224167
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
10815 Rancho Bernardo Road, Suite 310, San Diego, CA 92127 (Address of principal executive offices)
(858) 673-8600 (Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [  ]  No [X]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes [  ] No [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	[   ]	Accelerated filer	[X]
Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if smaller reporting company)	[   ]	Smaller Reporting Company	[   ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes [   ]  No [X]

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2013, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, as reported on the OTCQB marketplace was $111,234,312. This number excludes shares of common stock held by affiliates, executive officers and directors.

As of March 15, 2014, there were 89,344,613 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

IMAGEWARE SYSTEMS, INC.

Form 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013

Table of Contents

		Page
PART I
Item 1.	Business	1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	13
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	18
Item 2.	Properties	18
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	19
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	19
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	19
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	20
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	20
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	35
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	35
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	35
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	35
Item 9B.	Other Information	36
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	36
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	41
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	45
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	47
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	48
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	49
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX

-i-

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT

 This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements regarding our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates” and similar expressions or variations of such words are intended to identify forward-looking statements, but are not the exclusive means of identifying forward-looking statements in this Annual Report. Additionally, statements concerning future matters such as the development of new products, sales levels, expense levels and other statements regarding matters that are not historical are forward-looking statements.

 Although forward-looking statements in this Annual Report reflect the good faith judgment of our management, such statements can only be based on facts and factors currently known by us. Consequently, forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties and actual results and outcomes may differ materially from the results and outcomes discussed in or anticipated by the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences in results and outcomes include without limitation those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in Item 1A, as well as those discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report. Readers are urged not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. We undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements in order to reflect any event or circumstance that may arise after the date of this Annual Report. Readers are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made in this Annual Report, which attempt to advise interested parties of the risks and factors that may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 In this Annual Report, “ImageWare,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to ImageWare Systems Incorporated and its subsidiaries, unless the context requires otherwise.

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 As used in this Annual Report, “we,” “us,” “our,” “ImageWare,” “ImageWare Systems,” “Company” or “our Company” refers to ImageWare Systems, Inc. and all of its subsidiaries.

Overview

 The Company is a pioneer and leader in the emerging market for biometrically enabled software-based identity management solutions. Using those human characteristics that are unique to us all, we create software that provides a highly reliable indication of a person’s identity.  Our “flagship” product is our patented IWS Biometric Engine®.  Scalable for small city business or worldwide deployment, our IWS Biometric Engine is a multi-biometric software platform that is hardware and algorithm independent, enabling the enrollment and management of unlimited population sizes.  It allows a user to utilize one or more biometrics on a seamlessly integrated platform. Our products are used to manage and issue secure credentials, including national IDs, passports, driver licenses and access control credentials. Our products also provide law enforcement with integrated mug shot, LiveScan fingerprint and investigative capabilities. We also provide comprehensive authentication security software using biometrics to secure physical and logical access to facilities or computer networks or Internet sites.  Biometric technology is now an integral part of all markets we address and all of our products are integrated into the IWS Biometric Engine.

 Historically, we have marketed our products to government entities at the federal, state and local levels, however, the emergence of cloud based computing - a mobile market that demands increased security and interoperable systems, and the proven success of our products in the government markets, has enabled us to enlarge our target market focus to include the emerging consumer and non-government enterprise marketplace.

 Our biometric technology is a core software component of an organization’s security infrastructure and includes a multi-biometric identity management solution for enrolling, managing, identifying and verifying the identities of people by the physical characteristics of the human body. We develop, sell and support various identity management capabilities within government (federal, state and local), law enforcement, commercial enterprises, and transportation and aviation markets for identification and verification purposes. Our IWS Biometric Engine is a patented biometric identity management software platform for multi-biometric enrollment, management and authentication, managing population databases of virtually unlimited sizes. It is hardware agnostic and can utilize different types of biometric algorithms.  It allows different types of biometrics to be operated at the same time on a seamlessly integrated platform.  It is also offered as a Software Development Kit (SDK) based search engine, enabling developers and system integrators to implement a biometric solution or integrate biometric capabilities into existing applications without having to derive biometric functionality from pre-existing applications.  The IWS Biometric Engine combined with our secure credential platform, IWS EPI Builder, provides a comprehensive, integrated biometric and secure credential solution that can be leveraged for high-end applications such as passports, driver licenses, national IDs, and other secure documents. 

-1-

 Our law enforcement solutions enable agencies to quickly capture, archive, search, retrieve, and share digital images, fingerprints and other biometrics as well as criminal history records on a stand-alone, networked, wireless or Web-based platform. We develop, sell and support a suite of modular software products used by law enforcement and public safety agencies to create and manage criminal history records and to investigate crime. Our IWS Law Enforcement solution consists of five software modules: Capture and Investigative modules, which provide a criminal booking system with related databases as well as the ability to create and print mug photo/SMT image lineups and electronic mugbooks; a Facial Recognition module, which uses biometric facial recognition to identify suspects; a Web module, which provides access to centrally stored records over the Internet in a connected or wireless fashion; and a LiveScan module, which incorporates LiveScan capabilities into IWS Law Enforcement providing integrated fingerprint and palm print biometric management for civil and law enforcement use.  The IWS Biometric Engine is also available to our law enforcement clients and allows them to capture and search using other biometrics such as iris or DNA.

 Our secure credential solutions empower customers to create secure and smart digital identification documents with complete ID systems. We develop, sell and support software and design systems which utilize digital imaging and biometrics in the production of photo identification cards, credentials and identification systems. Our products in this market consist of IWS EPI Suite and IWS EPI Builder (SDK).  These products allow for the production of digital identification cards and related databases and records and can be used by, among others, schools, airports, hospitals, corporations or governments.  We have added the ability to incorporate multiple biometrics into the ID systems with the integration of IWS Biometric Engine to our secure credential product line.

 Our enterprise authentication software includes the IWS Desktop Security product which is a comprehensive authentication management infrastructure solution providing added layers of security to workstations, networks and systems through advanced encryption and authentication technologies. IWS Desktop Security is optimized to enhance network security and usability, and uses multi-factor authentication methods to protect access, verify identity and help secure the computing environment without sacrificing ease-of-use features such as quick login. Additionally, IWS Desktop Security provides an easy integration with various smart card-based credentials including the Common Access Card (CAC), Homeland Security Presidential Directive 12 (HSPD-12), Personal Identity Verification (PIV) credential, and Transportation Worker Identification Credential (TWIC) with an organization’s access control process. IWS Desktop Security provides the crucial end-point component of a Logical Access Control System (LACS), and when combined with a Physical Access Control System (PACS), organizations benefit from a complete door to desktop access control and security model.

Recent Developments

 New Product Introductions

 In July 2013, the Company introduced its mobile biometric identity management platform, GoMobile Interactive™ ("GMI").  Based upon acquired patented messaging platform technology combined with the Company’s patented IWS Biometric Engine®, GMI allows global business, service and content providers to offer users biometric security for their products, services and content on the Android or iPhone operating systems. GMI includes a standalone application that can be used as a turnkey solution, as well as a software development kit, enabling integration with existing mobile applications for Android and iPhone.   Targeted verticals for the product include mobile banking and value transfer, retail, healthcare and entertainment services. By supporting multi-modal biometrics on a mobile device, the Company is able to offer an out-of-band security solution that is far superior to traditional password or PIN protection, which are now failing and costing businesses billions of dollars.  In addition, the GMI service supports dynamic information gathering, allowing clients to learn about their users through the use of interactive surveys that can be secured using biometrics.

 Contracts

 In August 2013, the Company was awarded a $2.2 million contract by its largest customer, the U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs (the "VA"), to expand its personal identity verification ("PIV") credentialing capabilities across federal, state and local facilities. The multi-biometric identity management solution was first implemented with the VA in 2007, whereby the Company has provided enrollment and on-going management of face, LiveScan fingerprint and fingerprint minutia. These services, which are in compliance with U.S. government standards, provide a greater level of security and drive the standards for commercial adoption.  Under the terms of the agreement, the Company delivered software licenses during the third quarter of 2013 and recognized approximately $1.5 million in product revenue. Additionally, the Company will recognize maintenance related service revenues valued at approximately $692,000 from this customer ratably over the next year.

-2-

Industry Background

 Biometrics and Secure Credential Markets

 We believe the biometric identity management market will continue to grow as the role of biometrics becomes more widely adopted for enhancing security and complying with government regulations and initiatives and as biometric capture devices become increasingly mobile, robust and cost effective. Our biometric and secure credentialing solutions are meeting the requirements and standards for true multi-modal biometric identity management systems, as well as providing scalability to support evolving functionality.

 As a result of HSPD-12, government organizations are required to adopt new processes for verifying the identity of employees and contractors as well as controlling access to secure facilities and information systems. In response to the strict requirements set forth by the Federal government, ImageWare enhanced its IWS Biometric Engine and secure credentialing product suite by adding card management and card printing modules which enable the offering of end-to-end support for PIV-I and PIV-II business processes, technical requirements, as well as the ability to partner with leading physical and logical access control vendors for logistics and deployment considerations.  We believe that the HSPD-12 standards as well as the product enhancements created to meet those standards will, in large part, be adopted by the commercial market and that the Company’s products will transition into those market spaces without significant customization.

 Organizations concerned with security can use our technology to create secure “smart” identification cards that can be instantly checked against a database of applicable biometrics to prevent unauthorized access to secure facilities or computer networks. We believe potential customers in these markets include, among others, large corporations, border crossings (land, air and sea), airports, hospitals, universities and government agencies.

 Identification systems have historically been sold based upon the cost-savings digital systems offer over traditional non-digital systems. We believe that the ability to easily capture images and data in a digital database and to enable immediate and widespread access to that database for remote identification/verification will be a functionality that both public and private sector customers will require in the future and that such functionality will be one of the primary drivers for future growth within this market. We are able to provide field-proven identification products with high quality reference accounts across the board in terms of size and complexity of systems and user requirements. When combined with our proven biometric, cloud and interactive mobile messaging capabilities, we believe we can provide a leading product offering into the biometrically enabled secure identity management market.

 Law Enforcement and Public Safety Markets

 The United States law enforcement and public safety markets are composed of federal, state and local law enforcement agencies.  Our target customers include local police and sheriff’s departments, primary state law enforcement agencies, prisons, special police agencies, county constable offices, and federal agencies such as the Department of Homeland Security, FBI, DEA and ICE.  In addition, police agencies in foreign countries have shown interest in using the full range of IWS Law Enforcement products to meet the growing need for a flexible yet robust booking/investigative solution that includes the routine use of IWS Facial Recognition as well as the ability to use other biometrics. We continue to target agencies in foreign countries for our biometric and law enforcement solutions.

 Law enforcement customers require demanding end-to-end solutions that incorporate robust features and functionalities such as biometric and secure credentialing capabilities, as well as instant access to centrally maintained records for real time verification of identity and privileges. Law enforcement has long used the multiple biometrics of fingerprint and face in establishing an individual’s identity record. More recently, law enforcement is seeking capability to utilize additional biometrics such as iris and DNA.  The Company’s multi-biometric platform product, the IWS Biometric Engine, allows company customers to use as many and different biometrics as desired all on a single, integrated platform.

 Agencies are also moving toward a more shared experience where specific pieces of suspect/arrest data may be viewed by outside agencies allowing a suspect’s identity to be quickly defined with the end goal being the swift apprehension of the subject.

-3-

Products and Services

 Our identity management solutions are primarily focused around biometrics and secure credentials providing complete, cross-functional and interoperable systems. Our biometric and secure credentialing products provide complete and interoperable solutions with features and functions required throughout the entire identity management life cycle, enabling users the flexibility to make use of any desired options, such as identity proofing and enrollment, card issuance, maintenance and access control. Our solutions offer a significant benefit that one vendor’s solution is used throughout the various stages, from establishing an applicant’s verified identity, to issuance of smart card based credentials, to the usage and integration to physical and logical access control systems.

 These solutions improve global communication, the integrity and authenticity of access control to facilities and information systems, as well as enhance security, increase efficiency, reduce identity fraud, and protect personal privacy.

 We categorize our identity management products and services into three basic markets: (i) Biometrics, (ii) Secure Credential, and (iii) Law Enforcement and Public Safety.  We offer a series of modular products that can be seamlessly integrated into an end-to-end solution or licensed as individual components.

 Biometrics

 Our biometric product line consists of the following:

 GoMobile InteractiveTM

 In July 2013, the Company introduced its mobile biometric identity management platform, GoMobile Interactive™ ("GMI").  Based upon acquired patented messaging platform technology combined with the Company’s patented IWS Biometric Engine®, GMI allows global business, service and content providers to offer users biometric security for their products, services and content on the Android or iPhone operating systems. GMI includes a standalone application that can be used as a turnkey solution, as well as a software development kit, enabling integration with existing mobile applications for Android and iPhone.   Targeted verticals for the product include mobile banking and value transfer, retail, healthcare and entertainment services. By supporting multi-modal biometrics on a mobile device, the Company is able to offer an out-of-band security solution that is far superior to traditional password or PIN protection, which are now failing and costing businesses billions of dollars.  In addition, the GMI service supports dynamic information gathering, allowing clients to learn about their users through the use of interactive surveys that can be secured using biometrics.

 IWS Biometric Engine  

 This is a biometric identity management platform for multi-biometric enrollment, management and authentication, managing population databases of unlimited sizes without regard to hardware or algorithm.  Searches can be 1:1 (verification), 1:N (identification), X:N (investigative) and N:N (database integrity). IWS Biometric Engine is technology and biometric agnostic, enabling the use of biometric devices and algorithms from any vendor, and the support of the following biometric types: finger, face, iris, hand geometry, palm, signature, DNA, voice, 3D face and retina. IWS Biometric Engine is a second-generation solution from the Company that is based on field-proven ImageWare technology solutions that have been used to manage millions of biometric records since 1997 and is ideal for a variety of applications including: criminal booking, background checks (civil and criminal), watch list, visa/passport and border control (air, land and sea), physical and logical access control, and other highly-secure identity management environments.  The Company believes that this product will be very attractive to the emerging commercial and consumer markets as they deploy biometric identity management systems.

 Our IWS Biometric Engine is scalable, and biometric images and templates can be enrolled either live or offline.   Because it stores the enrolled images, a new algorithm can be quickly converted to support new or alternate algorithms and capture devices. The IWS Biometric Engine is built to be hardware “agnostic,” and currently supports over 100 hardware capture devices and over 70 biometric algorithms.

-4-

 The IWS Biometric Engine is available as a Software Development Kit (“SDK”), as well as a platform for custom configurations to meet specific customer requirements. The added suite of products provides government, law enforcement, border management and enterprise businesses, a wide variety of application-specific solutions that address specific government mandates and technology standards. It also provides the ability to integrate into existing legacy systems and expand based upon specific customer requirements. This enables users to integrate a complete solution or components as needed. The application suite of products includes packaged solutions for:

l	HSPD-12 Personal Identity Verification (“PIV”)
l	Border Management
l	Applicant Identity Vetting
l	Mobile Acquisition
l	Physical Access Control
l	Single-Sign-On and Logical Access Control

 IWS PIV Management Application.  The Company provides a set of Enterprise Server products within our complete PIV solution, and these software products supply server-based features and functions, while the use case for PIV requires client-based presentation of PIV data and workflow.  The IWS PIV Management Application supplies the web-based graphical user interface that presents the user or client interface to the various server functions.  Since the server-based applications perform specific functions for specific phases of the PIV life cycle, these server-based applications need to be bound together with additional workflow processes.  The IWS PIV Management Application meets this need with software modules that interface and interconnect the server-based applications. 

 IWS PIV Middleware.  The IWS PIV Middleware product, which is NIST certified and listed on the GSA approved product list, is a library of functions that connect a card reader & PIV card on the hardware side with a software application. The library implements the specified PIV Middleware API functions that support interoperability of PIV Cards.  This software has been developed in conformance with the FIPS-201 specification, and the software has been certified by the NIST Personal Identification Verification Program (“NPIVP”) Validation Authority as being compliant.

 IWS Background Server.  The IWS Background Server is a software application designed specifically for government and law enforcement organizations to support the first stage of biometric identity management functions such as identity proofing and vetting.  IWS Background Check Server automatically processes the submission of an applicant’s demographic and biographic data to investigative bureaus for background checks prior to issuing a credential.

 IWS Desktop Security.  IWS Desktop Security is a highly flexible, scalable and modular authentication management platform that is optimized to enhance network security and usability. This architecture provides an additional layer of security to workstations, networks and systems through advanced encryption and authentication technologies. Biometric technologies (face, fingerprint, iris, voice or signature), can be seamlessly coupled with TPM chips to further enhance corporate security. USB tokens, smart cards and RFID technologies can also be readily integrated.Additional features include:

l	Support for multiple authentication tools including Public Key Infrastructure (“PKI”) within a uniformed platform and Privilege Management Infrastructure (“PMI”) technology to provide more advanced access control services and assure authentication and data integrity;
l	Integration with IWS Biometric Engine for searching and match capabilities (1:1, 1:N and X:N);
l	Integration with IWS EPI Builder for the production and management of secure credentials;
l	Support for both BioAPI and BAPI standards;
l	Supports a single sign-on feature that securely manages Internet Explorer and Windows application ID and password information;
l	Supports file and folder encryption features; and
l	Supports various operating systems, including Microsoft Windows 2000, Windows XP, and Windows Server 2003.

-5-

 IWS Biometric Quality Assessment & Enhancement (“IWS Biometric IQA&E”). The IWS Biometric IQA&E is a biometric image enhancement and assessment solution that assists government organizations with the ability to evaluate and enrich millions of biometric images automatically, saving time and costs associated with biometric enrollment while maintaining image and database integrity.

 The IWS Biometric IQA&E improves the accuracy and effectiveness of biometric template enrollments. The software may be used stand-alone or in conjunction with the IWS Biometric Engine. IWS Biometric IQA&E provides automated image quality assessment with respect to relevant image quality standards from organizations such as International Civil Aviation Organization (“ICAO”), National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”), International Organization for Standards (“ISO”) and American Association of Motor Vehicle Association (“AAMVA”). IWS Biometric IQA&E also enables organizations to conduct multi-dimensional facial recognition, which further enhances accuracy for numerous applications including driver licenses, passports and watch lists.

 IWS Biometric IQA&E automatically provides real-time biometric image quality analysis and feedback to improve the overall effectiveness of biometric images thus increasing the biometric verification performance, and maintaining database and image data integrity. IWS Biometric IQA&E provides a complete platform that includes an image enhancement library for biometric types including face, finger and iris.

 Secure Credential

 Our secure credential products consist of the following:

 IWS Card Management.  The IWS Card Management System (“CMS”) is a comprehensive solution to support and manage the issuance of smart cards complete with the following capabilities:

l	Biometric enrollment and identity proofing with Smart Card encoding of biometrics;
l	Flexible models of central or distributed issuance of credentials;
l	Customizable card life-cycle workflow managed by the CMS; and
l	Integration of the CMS data with other enterprise solutions, such as physical access control and logical access control (i.e. Single-Sign-On, or SSO).

 IWS EPI Suite.  This is an ID software solution for producing, issuing, and managing secure credentials and personal identification cards. Users can efficiently manage large amounts of data, images and card designs, as well as track and issue multiple cards per person, automatically populate multiple cards and eliminate redundant data entry. IWS EPI Suite was designed to integrate with our customers’ existing security and computing infrastructure. We believe that this compatibility may be an appealing feature to corporations, government agencies, transportation departments, school boards, and other public institutions.

 IWS EPI Builder.  This is a software developer’s kit (“SDK”) and a leading secure credential component of identity management and security solutions, providing all aspects of ID functionality from image and biometric capture to the enrollment, issuance and management of secure documents. It contains components which developers or systems integrators can use to support and produce secure credentials including national IDs, passports, International Civil Aviation Office (“ICAO”)-compliant travel documents, smart cards and driver licenses. IWS EPI Builder enables organizations to develop custom identification solutions or incorporate sophisticated identification capabilities into existing applications including the ability to capture images, biometric and demographic data; enable biometric identification and verification (1:1 and 1:X) as well as support numerous biometric hardware and software vendors. It also enables users to add electronic identification functionality for other applications, including access control, tracking of time and attendance, point of sale transactions, human resource systems, school photography systems, asset management, inventory control, warehouse management, facilities management and card production systems.

 IWS EPI PrintFarm.  While it is the last stage of PIV Card Issuance, the PIV smart card printing process is by no means the least important stage.  Production printing of tens of thousands of PIV cards requires a significant investment and a well-engineered system.  The IWS EPI PrintFarm software offers a cost-effective yet high-performance method for high-volume card printing.

-6-

 IWS PIV Encoder.  PIV smart cards must be programmed with specific mandatory data, digital signatures and programs in order to maintain the interoperability as well as the security features specified for the cards. The IWS PIV Encoder could be considered to be a complex device driver that properly programs the PIV smart cards.  The Encoder interacts with the Card Management System for data payload elements. It interacts with the Certificate Authority to encrypt or sign the PIV smart card data with trusted certificates. Finally, it acts as the application-level device driver to make the specific PIV smart card encoding system properly program the smart card, regardless if the system is a standalone encoding system or one integrated into a card printer.

 Law Enforcement and Public Safety

 We believe our integrated suite of software products significantly reduces the inefficiencies and expands the capabilities of traditional booking and mug shot systems. Using our products, an agency can create a digital database of thousands of criminal history records, each including one or more full-color facial images, finger and palm prints, biographic text information and images of other distinctive physical features such as scars, marks and tattoos (“SMT’s”). This database can be quickly searched using text queries, or biometric technology that can compare biometric characteristics of an unknown suspect with those in the database.

 Our investigative software products can be used to create, edit and distribute both mug photo and SMT photo lineups of any size.  In addition, electronic mug books display hundreds of images for a witness to review and from which electronic selections are made. The Witness View software component records the viewing of a lineup (mug photo or SMT) detailing the images provided for viewing along with the image or images selected. In addition to a printed report, the Witness View module provides a non-editable executable file (.exe) that may be played on any computer for court exhibit viewing purposes.

 Our IWS Law Enforcement solution consists of software modules, which may also be purchased individually. The IWS Law Enforcement Capture and Investigative module make up our booking system and database. Our add-on modules include LiveScan, Facial Recognition, Law Enforcement Web and Witness View as well as the IWS Biometric Engine.

 IWS Law Enforcement.  IWS Law Enforcement is a digital booking, identification and investigative solution that enables users to digitally capture, store, search and retrieve images and demographic data including mug shots, fingerprints and SMT’s. Law enforcement may choose between submitting fingerprint data directly to the State AFIS, FBI criminal repository, or other agencies as required. Additional features and functionality include real-time access to images and data, creating of photo lineups and electronic mug books, and production of identification cards and credentials.  IWS Law Enforcement also uses off-the-shelf hardware and is designed to comply with open industry standards so that it can operate on an array of systems ranging from a stand-alone personal computer to a wide area network. To avoid duplication of entries, the system can be integrated easily with several other information storage and retrieval systems, such as a records/jail management system (“RMS/JMS”) or an automated fingerprint identification system.

 Capture.  This software module allows users to capture and store a variety of images (facial, SMT and others such as evidence photos) as well as biographical text information. Each record includes images and text information in an easy-to-view format made up of fields designed and defined by the individual agency. Current customers of this module range from agencies that capture a few thousand mug shots per year to those that capture hundreds of thousands of mug shots each year. 

 LiveScan.  This software module is FBI certified which complies with the FBI Integrated Automated Fingerprint Identification System (“IAFIS”) Image Quality Specifications (“IQS”) while utilizing FBI certified LiveScan devices from most major vendors. LiveScan allows users to capture single to ten prints and palm data, providing an integrated biometric management solution for both civil and law enforcement use. By adding LiveScan capabilities, law enforcement organizations further enhance the investigative process by providing additional identifiers to identify suspects involved in a crime.  In addition, officers no longer need to travel to multiple booking stations to capture fingerprints and mug shots.  All booking information including images may be located at a central designation and from there routed to the State AFIS or FBI criminal history record repository.

 Investigative.  This software module allows users to search the database created with IWS Law Enforcement. Officers can conduct text searches in many fields, including file number, name, alias, distinctive features, and other information such as gang membership and criminal history. The Investigative module creates a catalogue of possible matches, allowing officers or witnesses to save time by looking only at mug shots that closely resemble the description of the suspect. This module can also be used to create a line-up of similar facial images from which a witness may identify the suspect.

-7-

 Facial Recognition.  This software module uses biometric facial recognition and retrieval technology to help authorities identify possible suspects. Images taken from surveillance videos or photographs can be searched against a digital database of facial images to retrieve any desired number of faces with similar characteristics. This module can also be used at the time of booking to identify persons using multiple aliases. Using biometrics-based technology, the application can search through thousands of facial images in a matter of seconds, reducing the time it would otherwise take a witness to flip through a paper book of facial images that may or may not be similar to the description of the suspect. The Facial Recognition module then creates a selection of possible matches ranked in order of similarity to the suspect, and a percentage confidence level is attributed to each possible match. The application incorporates search engine technology, which we license from various facial recognition algorithm providers.

 LE Web.  This software module enables authorized personnel to access and search agency booking records stored in IWS Law Enforcement through a standard Web browser from within the agency’s intranet. This module allows remote access to the IWS Law Enforcement database without requiring the user to be physically connected to the customer’s network. This application requires only that the user have access to the Internet and authorization to access the law enforcement agency’s intranet.

 EPI Designer for Law Enforcement.  The EPI Designer for LE software is a design solution created for the IWS Law Enforcement databases based on the IWS EPI Suite program.  This program is integrated with the various IWS databases an agency is utilizing and allows for unique booking/inmate reports, wristbands, photo ID cards, Wanted or BOLO fliers, etc. to be created from the fields of information stored in booking records. Designs can be created in minutes and quickly added to the IWS Law Enforcement system allowing all users with appropriate permissions immediate access to the newly added form.

 Maintenance and Customer Support

 We offer software and hardware support to our customers. Customers can contract with us for technical support that enables them to use a toll-free number to speak with our technical support center for software support and general assistance 24 hours a day, seven days a week. As many of our government customers operate around the clock and perceive our systems as critical to their day-to-day operations, a very high percentage contract for technical support.  For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, maintenance revenues accounted for approximately 49% and 71% of our total revenues, respectively.

 Software Customization and Fulfillment

 We directly employ computer programmers and retain independent programmers to develop our software and perform quality control. We provide customers with software that we specifically customize to operate on their existing computer system. We work directly with purchasers of our system to ensure that the system they purchase will meet their unique needs. We configure and test the system either at our facilities or on-site and conduct any customized programming necessary to connect the system with any legacy systems already in place.  We can also provide customers with a complete computer hardware system with our software already installed and configured. In either case, the customer is provided with a complete turnkey solution, which can be used immediately. When we provide our customers with a complete solution including hardware, we use off-the-shelf computers, cameras and other components purchased from other companies such as Dell or Hewlett Packard. Systems are assembled and configured either at our facilities or at the customer’s location.

Customers

 We have a wide variety of domestic and international customers. Most of our IWS Law Enforcement customers are government agencies at the federal, state and local levels in the United States. Our secure credential products are also being used in Australia, Canada, the United Arab Emirates, Kuwait, Mexico, Colombia, Costa Rica, Venezuela, Singapore, Indonesia and the Philippines. For the year ended December 31, 2013, one customer accounted for approximately 42% or $2,211,000 of total revenues and had $0 trade receivables as of the end of the year.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, one customer accounted for approximately 15% or $611,000 of total revenues and had $0 trade receivables as of the end of the year.

-8-

Our Strategy

 Our strategy is to provide patented open-architected identity management solutions including multi-biometric, secure credential and law enforcement technologies that are stand alone, integrated and/or bundled with key partners including channel relationships and large systems integrators such as, United Technology Security, SAIC, GCR, Unisys, Lockheed Martin, IBM and Fujitsu, among others. Key elements of our strategy for growth include the following:

 Fully Exploit the Biometrics, Access Control and Identification Markets

 The establishment of the Department of Homeland Security coupled with the movement by governments around the world to authenticate the identity of their citizens, employees and contractors has accelerated the adoption of biometric identification systems that can provide secure credentials and instant access to centrally maintained records for real-time verification of identity and access (physical and logical) privileges. Using our products, an organization can create secure credentials that correspond to records including images and biographic data in a digital database. A border guard or customs agent can stop an individual to quickly and accurately verify his identity against a database of authorized persons, and either allow or deny access as required. Our technology is also standards based and applied to facilitate activities such as federal identification mandates while complying with personal identification verification standards (“HSPD-12”), International Civil Aviation Organization (“ICAO”) standards, American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators (“AAMVA”) driver licenses, voter registration, immigration control and welfare fraud identification.  We believe that these or very similar standards are applicable in markets throughout the world.

 With the identity management market growing at a rapid pace, biometric identifiers are becoming recognized and accepted as integral components to the identification process in the public and private sectors.  As biometric technologies (facial recognition, fingerprint, iris, etc.) are adopted, identification systems must be updated to enable their use in the field.  We have built our solutions to enable the incorporation of one or multiple biometrics, which can be associated with a record and stored both in a database and on a card for later retrieval and verification without regard to the specific hardware employed.  We believe the increasing demand for biometric technology will drive demand for our solutions.  Our identity management products are built to accommodate the use of biometrics and meet the demanding requirements across the entire identity life cycle.

 Expand Law Enforcement and Public Safety Markets

 We intend to use our successful installations with customers such as the Arizona Department of Public Safety, New South Wales Police, and the San Bernardino County Sheriff’s Department as reference accounts and to market IWS Law Enforcement as a superior technological solution. Our recent addition of the LiveScan module and support for local AFIS to our IWS Law Enforcement will enhance its functionality and value to the law enforcement customer as well as increase the potential revenue the Company can generate from a system sale.  We primarily sell directly to the law enforcement community. Our sales strategy is to increase sales to new and existing customers including renewing supporting maintenance agreements. We have also established relationships with large systems integrators such as Sagem Morpho to OEM our law enforcement solution utilizing their worldwide sales force. We will focus our sales efforts in the near term to establish IWS Law Enforcement as the integrated mug shot and LiveScan system adopted in as many countries, states, large counties and municipalities as possible. Once we have a system installed in a region, we intend to then sell additional systems or retrieval seats to other agencies within the primary customer’s region and in neighboring regions. In addition, we plan to market our integrated investigative modules to the customer, including Facial Recognition, Web and WitnessView. As customer databases of digital mug shots grow, we expect that the perceived value of our investigative modules, and corresponding revenues from sales of those modules, will also grow.

 Software as a Service Business Model

 With the advent of cloud based computing, the proliferation of mobile devices which allow for mobile transactions across wide geographical areas, the emergence of inexpensive and reliable biometric capture devices and the need to secure access to data, product and services, the Company believes that the market for multi-biometric solutions will expand to encompass significant deployments of biometric systems in the commercial and consumer markets.  The Company therefore intends to leverage the strength of its existing government clients who have deployed the Company’s products for large populations, as well as its foundational patent portfolio in the field of multi-modal biometrics and the fusion of multiple biometric algorithms, to address the commercial and consumer market. As part of its marketing plan, the Company offered new versions of its product suite on a Software as a Service (“SaaS”) model during 2013.  This new business model, which is intended to supplement the Company’s existing business model, will allow new commercial and consumer clients to verify identity in order to access data, products or services from mobile and desktop devices. We had no Saas installations in place as of the end of 2013, however, received significant interest and were able to enter into contracts with several customers and partners who planned to initiate programs in early 2014.  

-9-

 Mobile Applications

 The Company strengthened its patent portfolio in June 2012 with the purchase of four U.S. patents relating to wireless technology from Vocel. These patents, combined with the Company’s existing foundational patents in the areas of biometric identification, verification, enrollment and fusion, provide a unique and protected foundation on which to build interactive mobile applications that are secured using biometrics.

 The combination of our biometric identification technologies and wireless technologies has led to the development of the IWS Interactive Messaging System, which is a push application platform secured by biometrics that transforms mobile devices into a complete mobile ID, enabling companies to create applications that allow a range of unprecedented activities – from secure sharing of sensitive information to biometrically securing  a mobile wallet. Identity authentication, using multi-modal biometrics gives users the confidence that their personal information is secure while the push marketing capabilities of the technology allow companies unparalleled interactivity that can be personalized to the needs and interests of their customers.

Sales and Marketing

 We market and sell our products through our direct sales force and through indirect distribution channels, including systems integrators. As of December 31, 2013, we had sales and account representatives based domestically in the District of Columbia, California and internationally in Mexico. As of December 31,  2012, we had sales and account representatives based domestically in the District of Columbia, California and internationally in Canada and Mexico. Geographically, our sales and marketing force consisted of ten persons in the United States, and one person in Mexico as of December 31, 2013.  

 We sell through a direct sales organization, which is supported by technical experts.  Our technical experts are available by telephone and conduct on-site customer presentations in support of our sales professionals.

 The typical sales cycle for IWS Biometric Engine and IWS Law Enforcement includes a pre-sale process to define the potential customer’s needs and budget, an on-site demonstration and conversations between the potential customer and existing customers. Government agencies are typically required to purchase large systems by including a list of requirements in a Request For Proposal, known as an “RFP,” and by allowing several companies to openly bid for the project by responding to the RFP. If our response is selected, we enter into negotiations for the contract and, if successful, ultimately receive a purchase order from the customer. This process can take anywhere from a few months to over a year.

 Our Biometric and ID products are also sold to large integrators, direct via our sales force and to end users through distributors. Depending on the customer’s requirements, there may be instances that require an RFP. The sales cycle can vary from a few weeks to a year.

 In addition to our direct sales force, we have developed relationships with a number of systems integrators who contract with government agencies for the installation and integration of large computer and communication systems. By acting as a subcontractor to these systems integrators, we are able to avoid the time consuming and often-expensive task of submitting proposals to government agencies, and we also gain access to large clients.

 We also work with companies that offer complementary products, where value is created through product integration. Through teaming arrangements we are able to enhance our products and to expand our customer base through the relationships and contracts of our strategic partners.

 We plan to continue to market and sell our products internationally. Some of the challenges and risks associated with international sales include the difficulty in protecting our intellectual property rights, difficulty in enforcing agreements through foreign legal systems and volatility and unpredictability in the political and economic conditions of foreign countries. We believe we can work to successfully overcome these challenges.

-10-

Competition

 The Law Enforcement and Public Safety Markets

 Due to the fragmented nature of the law enforcement and public safety market and the modular nature of our product suite, we face different degrees of competition with respect to each IWS Law Enforcement module. We believe the principal bases on which we compete with respect to all of our products are:

l	the unique ability to integrate our modular products into a complete biometric, LiveScan, imaging and investigative system;
l	our reputation as a reliable systems supplier;
l	the usability and functionality of our products; and
l	the responsiveness, availability and reliability of our customer support.

 Our law enforcement product line faces competition from other companies such as DataWorks Plus and 3M.  Internationally, there are often a number of local companies offering solutions in most countries.

 Secure Credential Market

 Due to the breadth of our software offering in the secure credential market space, we face differing degrees of competition in certain market segments. The strength of our competitive position is based upon:

l	our strong brand reputation with a customer base which includes small and medium-sized businesses, Fortune 500 corporations and large government agencies;
l	the ease of integrating our technology into other complex applications; and
l	the leveraged strength that comes from offering customers software tools, packaged solutions and Web-based service applications that support a wide range of hardware peripherals.

 Our software faces competition from Datacard Corporation, a privately held manufacturer of hardware, software and consumables for the ID market as well as small, regionally based companies.

 Biometric Market

 The market to provide biometric systems to the identity management market is evolving and we face competition from a number of sources. We believe that the strength of our competitive position is based on:

l	our ability to provide a system which enables the enrollment, management and authentication of multiple biometrics managing population databases of unlimited sizes;
l	searches can be 1:1 (verification), 1:N (identification), X:N (investigative), and N:N (database integrity);
l	the system is technology and biometric agnostic, enabling the use of biometric devices and algorithms from any vendor, and the support of the following biometric types: finger, face, iris, hand geometry, palm, DNA, signature, voice, and 3D face and retina; and
l	we hold five patents covering our core multi-modal biometric and fusion  technology, which we believe will give us a competitive advantage over our direct competitors who have little or no patent protection.

 Our multi-biometric product faces competition from French-based Safran, Irish-based Daon, 3M and Aware Inc., none of which have offerings with the scope and flexibility of our IWS Biometric Engine and its companion suite of products or relevant patent protection.

-11-

Intellectual Property

 We rely on trademark, patent, trade secret and copyright laws and confidentiality and license agreements to protect our intellectual property. We have several federally registered trademarks including the trademark ImageWare and IWS Biometric Engine as well as trademarks for which there are pending trademark registrations with the United States, Canadian and other International Patent & Trademark Offices.  

 We hold several issued patents and have several other patent applications pending for elements of our products. We believe we have the foundational patents regarding the use of multiple biometrics and continue to be an IP leader in the biometric arena. It is our belief that this intellectual property leadership will create a sustainable competitive advantage.  In addition to our eight issued U.S. and foreign patents, we recently filed three new patent applications surrounding new “Anonymous Matching” technologies.  These technologies will allow biometric matching for identity verification while protecting the privacy of an individual.  It is our belief that such technology will be critical to providing biometric management solutions for the consumer market where privacy protection has been a historical issue and barrier to biometric adoption.

 The Company strengthened its patent portfolio in June 2012 with the purchase of four U.S. patents relating to wireless technology from Vocel. These patents, combined with the Company’s existing foundational patents in the areas of biometric identification, verification, enrollment and fusion, provide a unique and protected foundation on which to build interactive mobile applications that are secured using biometrics.

 The combination of our biometric identification technologies and wireless technologies has led to the development of the IWS Interactive Messaging System, which is a push application platform secured by biometrics that transforms mobile devices into a complete mobile ID, enabling companies to create applications that allow a range of unprecedented activities – from secure sharing of sensitive information to biometrically securing a mobile wallet. Identity authentication, using multi-modal biometrics gives users the confidence that their personal information is secure while the push marketing capabilities of the technology allow companies unparalleled interactivity that can be personalized to the needs and interests of their customers.

 We regard our software as proprietary and retain title to and ownership of the software we develop.  We attempt to protect our rights in the software primarily through patents and trade secrets.  We have not published the source code of most of our software products and require employees and other third parties who have access to the source code and other trade secret information to sign confidentiality agreements acknowledging our ownership and the nature of these materials as our trade secrets.

 Despite these precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized parties to copy or reverse-engineer portions of our products.  While our competitive position could be threatened by disclosure or reverse engineering of this proprietary information, we believe that copyright and trademark protection are less important than other factors such as the knowledge, ability, and experience of our personnel, name recognition and ongoing product development and support.

 Our software products are licensed to end users under a perpetual, nontransferable, nonexclusive license that stipulates which modules can be used and how many concurrent users may use them.  These forms of licenses are typically not signed by the licensee and may be more difficult to enforce than signed agreements in some jurisdictions.

Research and Development

 Our research and development team consisted of 32 and 24 programmers, engineers and other employees as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We also contract with outside programmers for specific projects as needed. We spent approximately $3.9 million and $3.2 million on research and development in 2013 and 2012, respectively. We continually work to increase the speed, accuracy, and functionality of our existing products. We anticipate that our research and development efforts will continue to focus on new technology and products for the identity management markets.

Employees

 We had a total of 61 and 54 full-time employees as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our employees are not covered by any collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

-12-

Environmental Regulation

 Our business does not require us to comply with any particular environmental regulations.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before investing in our common stock, you should consider carefully the specific risks detailed in this “Risk Factors” section and any prospectus or prospectus supplement. If any of these risks occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed, the price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

We have a history of significant recurring losses totaling approximately $128 million at December 31, 2013, and these losses may continue in the future.

 As of December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $128 million, and these losses may continue in the future. We expect to continue to incur significant sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses. As a result, we will need to generate significant revenues to achieve profitability, and we may never achieve profitability.

Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate significantly in the future.

 Our operating results have fluctuated in the past.  These fluctuations in operating results are the consequence of:

l	varying demand for and market acceptance of our technology and products;
l	changes in our product or customer mix;
l	the gain or loss of one or more key customers or their key customers, or significant changes in the financial condition of one or more of our key customers or their key customers;
l	our ability to introduce, certify and deliver new products and technologies on a timely basis;
l	the announcement or introduction of products and technologies by our competitors;
l	competitive pressures on selling prices;
l	costs associated with acquisitions and the integration of acquired companies, products and technologies;
l	our ability to successfully integrate acquired companies, products and technologies;
l	our accounting and legal expenses; and
l	general economic conditions.

 These factors, some of which are not within our control, will likely continue in the future. To respond to these and other factors, we may need to make business decisions that could result in failure to meet financial expectations. If our quarterly operating results fail to meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts or investors, our stock price could drop suddenly and significantly. Most of our expenses, such as employee compensation, inventory and debt repayment obligations, are relatively fixed in the short term. Moreover, our expense levels are based, in part, on our expectations regarding future revenue levels. As a result, if our revenue for a particular period were below our expectations, we would not be able to proportionately reduce our operating expenses for that period. Any revenue shortfall would have a disproportionately negative effect on our operating results for the period.

-13-

We depend upon a small number of large system sales ranging from $100,000 to in excess of $2,000,000 and we may fail to achieve one or more large system sales in the future.

 Historically, we have derived a substantial portion of our revenues from a small number of sales of large, relatively expensive systems, typically ranging in price from $100,000 to $2,000,000. If we fail to receive orders for these large systems in a given sales cycle on a consistent basis, our business could be significantly harmed. Further, our quarterly results are difficult to predict because we cannot predict in which quarter, if any, large system sales will occur in a given year. As a result, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results of operations are not a good indication of our future performance. In some future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, in which case the market price of our common stock may decrease significantly.

Our lengthy sales cycle may cause us to expend significant resources for as long as one year in anticipation of a sale to certain customers, yet we still may fail to complete the sale.

 When considering the purchase of a large computerized identity management system, potential customers of ours may take as long as eighteen months to evaluate different systems and obtain approval for the purchase. Under these circumstances, if we fail to complete a sale, we will have expended significant resources and received no revenue in return. Generally, customers consider a wide range of issues before committing to purchase our products, including product benefits, ability to operate with their current systems, product reliability and their own budgetary constraints. While potential customers are evaluating our products, we may incur substantial selling costs and expend significant management resources in an effort to accomplish potential sales that may never occur. In times of economic recession, our potential customers may be unwilling or unable to commit resources to the purchase of new and costly systems.

A significant number of our customers and potential customers are government agencies that are subject to unique political and budgetary constraints and have special contracting requirements, which may affect our ability to obtain new and retain current government customers.

 A significant number of our customers are government agencies. These agencies often do not set their own budgets and therefore have little control over the amount of money they can spend from quarter-to-quarter or year-to-year. In addition, these agencies experience political pressure that may dictate the manner in which they spend money. Due to political and budgetary processes and other scheduling delays that may frequently occur relating to the contract or bidding process, some government agency orders may be canceled or substantially delayed, and the receipt of revenues or payments from these agencies may be substantially delayed. In addition, future sales to government agencies will depend on our ability to meet government contracting requirements, certain of which may be onerous or impossible to meet, resulting in our inability to obtain a particular contract. Common requirements in government contracts include bonding requirements, provisions permitting the purchasing agency to modify or terminate at will the contract without penalty, and provisions permitting the agency to perform investigations or audits of our business practices, any of which may limit our ability to enter into new contracts or maintain our current contracts.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, one customer accounted for approximately 42% of our total revenues. Any material decrease in revenue from this customer, or in the event the Company is unable to replace the revenue with additional customers, our financial condition and results from operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, one customer accounted for approximately 42% or $2,211,000 of our total revenues. If this customer were to significantly reduce its relationship with the Company, or in the event the Company is unable to replace the revenue through the sale of its products to additional customers, the Company’s financial condition and results from operations could be negatively impacted, and such impact would be material.

We occasionally rely on systems integrators to manage our large projects, and if these companies do not perform adequately, we may lose business.

 We occasionally act as a subcontractor to systems integrators who manage large projects that incorporate our systems, particularly in foreign countries. We cannot control these companies, and they may decide not to promote our products or may price their services in such a way as to make it unprofitable for us to continue our relationship with them. Further, they may fail to perform under agreements with their customers, in which case we might lose sales to these customers. If we lose our relationships with these companies, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

If the patents we own or license, or our other intellectual property rights, do not adequately protect our products and technologies, we may lose market share to our competitors and our business,  financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

 Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our rights to the technologies used in our products. We rely on patent protection, trade secrets, as well as a combination of copyright and trademark laws and nondisclosure, confidentiality and other contractual arrangements to protect our technology. However, these legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. In addition, we cannot be assured that any of our current and future pending patent applications will result in the issuance of a patent to us. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“PTO”) may deny or require significant narrowing of claims in our pending patent applications, and patents issued as a result of the pending patent applications, if any, may not provide us with significant commercial protection or may not be issued in a form that is advantageous to us. We could also incur substantial costs in proceedings before the PTO. These proceedings could result in adverse decisions as to the claims included in our patents.

-14-

 Our issued and licensed patents and those that may be issued or licensed in the future may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related products. Additionally, upon expiration of our issued or licensed patents, we may lose some of our rights to exclude others from making, using, selling or importing products using the technology based on the expired patents. We also must rely on contractual rights with the third parties that license technology to us to protect our rights in the technology licensed to us. Although we have taken steps to protect our intellectual property and technology, there is no assurance that competitors will not be able to design around our patents. We also rely on unpatented proprietary technology. We cannot assure you that we can meaningfully protect all our rights in our unpatented proprietary technology or that others will not independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary products or processes or otherwise gain access to our unpatented proprietary technology. We seek to protect our know-how and other unpatented proprietary technology with confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees. However, such agreements may not provide meaningful protection for our proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements or in the event that our competitors discover or independently develop similar or identical designs or other proprietary information. In addition, we rely on the use of registered and common law trademarks with respect to the brand names of some of our products. Our common law trademarks provide less protection than our registered trademarks. Loss of rights in our trademarks could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 Furthermore, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. If we fail to apply for intellectual property protection or if we cannot adequately protect our intellectual property rights in these foreign countries, our competitors may be able to compete more effectively against us, which could adversely affect our competitive position, as well as our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If third parties claim that we infringe their intellectual property rights, we may incur liabilities and costs and may have to redesign or discontinue selling certain products.

 Whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, the determination of which is often uncertain. We face the risk of claims that we have infringed on third parties’ intellectual property rights. Searching for existing intellectual property rights may not reveal important intellectual property and our competitors may also have filed for patent protection, which is not yet a matter of public knowledge, or claimed trademark rights that have not been revealed through our availability searches. Our efforts to identify and avoid infringing on third parties’ intellectual property rights may not always be successful. Any claims of patent or other intellectual property infringement, even those without merit, could:

l	increase the cost of our products;
l	be expensive and time consuming to defend;
l	result in us being required to pay significant damages to third parties;
l	force us to cease making or selling products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;
l	require us to redesign, reengineer or rebrand our products;
l	require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property, the terms of which may not be acceptable to us;
l	require us to indemnify third parties pursuant to contracts in which we have agreed to provide indemnification to such parties for intellectual property infringement claims;
l	divert the attention of our management; and
l	result in our customers or potential customers deferring or limiting their purchase or use of the affected products until the litigation is resolved.

 In addition, new patents obtained by our competitors could threaten a product’s continued life in the market even after it has already been introduced.

-15-

We operate in foreign countries and are exposed to risks associated with foreign political, economic and legal environments and with foreign currency exchange rates.

 We have significant foreign operations. As a result, we are exposed to risks, including among others, risks associated with foreign political, economic and legal environments and with foreign currency exchange rates. Our results may be adversely affected by, among other things, changes in government policies with respect to laws and regulations, anti-inflation measures, currency conversions, collection of receivables abroad and rates and methods of taxation.

We depend on key personnel, the loss of any of whom could materially adversely affect future operations.

 Our success will depend to a significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of our executive officers and other key personnel. The loss of the services of one or more of these key employees and any negative market or industry perception arising from the loss of such services could have a material adverse effect on us and the trading price of our common stock.  Our business will also be dependent upon our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. Acquiring and keeping these personnel could prove more difficult or cost substantially more than estimated and we cannot be certain that we will be able to retain such personnel or attract a high caliber of personnel in the future.

We face competition from companies with greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources, and, if we are unable to compete effectively with these competitors, our market share may decline and our business could be harmed.

 We face competition from other established companies. A number of our competitors have longer operating histories, larger customer bases, significantly greater financial, technological, sales, marketing and other resources than we do.  As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or client requirements, more quickly develop new products or devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products and services than we can.  Likewise, their greater capabilities in these areas may enable them to better withstand periodic downturns in the identity management solutions industry and compete more effectively on the basis of price and production.  In addition, new companies may enter the markets in which we compete, further increasing competition in the identity management solutions industry.

 We believe that our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including the type and quality of our products and the strength of our brand names, as well as many factors beyond our control. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, and increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced profit margins, loss of market share and an inability to generate cash flows that are sufficient to maintain or expand the development and marketing of new products, any of which would adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Securities

Our common stock is subject to “penny stock” rules.

 Our stock is currently defined as a “penny stock” under Rule 3a51-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act. “Penny stocks” are subject to Rules 15g-2 through 15g-7 and Rule 15g-9, which impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers that sell penny stocks to persons other than established customers and institutional accredited investors. Among other things, for transactions covered by these rules, a broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and have received the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to sale. Consequently, these rules may affect the ability of broker-dealers to sell our common stock and affect the ability of holders to sell their shares of our common stock in the secondary market. To the extent our common stock is subject to the penny stock regulations, the market liquidity for our shares will be adversely affected.

Our stock price has been volatile, and your investment in our common stock could suffer a decline in value.

 There has been significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of equity securities, which is unrelated to the financial performance of the companies issuing the securities. These broad market fluctuations may negatively affect the market price of our common stock. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you pay for those shares due to fluctuations in the market price of our common stock caused by changes in our operating performance or prospects and other factors.

-16-

 Some specific factors that may have a significant effect on our common stock market price include:

l	actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results or future prospects;
l	our announcements or our competitors’ announcements of new products;
l	the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;
l	strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;
l	new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;
l	changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
l	changes in our growth rates or our competitors’ growth rates;
l	developments regarding our patents or proprietary rights or those of our competitors;
l	our inability to raise additional capital as needed;
l	substantial sales of common stock underlying warrants and preferred stock;
l	concern as to the efficacy of our products;
l	changes in financial markets or general economic conditions;
l	sales of common stock by us or members of our management team; and
l	changes in stock market analyst recommendations or earnings estimates regarding our common stock, other comparable companies or our industry generally.

Our future sales of our common stock could adversely affect its price and our future capital-raising activities could involve the issuance of equity securities, which would dilute shareholders’ investments and could result in a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

 We may sell securities in the public or private equity markets if and when conditions are favorable, even if we do not have an immediate need for additional capital at that time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and our ability to raise capital. We may issue additional common stock in future financing transactions or as incentive compensation for our executive management and other key personnel, consultants and advisors. Issuing any equity securities would be dilutive to the equity interests represented by our then-outstanding shares of common stock. The market price for our common stock could decrease as the market takes into account the dilutive effect of any of these issuances. Furthermore, we may enter into financing transactions at prices that represent a substantial discount to the market price of our common stock. A negative reaction by investors and securities analysts to any discounted sale of our equity securities could result in a decline in the trading price of our common stock. 

The holders of our preferred stock have certain rights and privileges that are senior to our common stock, and we may issue additional shares of preferred stock without stockholder approval that could have a material adverse effect on the market value of the common stock.

 Our Board of Directors (“Board”) has the authority to issue a total of up to four million shares of preferred stock and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions, including voting rights, of the preferred stock, which typically are senior to the rights of the common stockholders, without any further vote or action by the common stockholders. The rights of our common stockholders will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of the preferred stock that have been issued, or might be issued in the future. Preferred stock also could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting stock. This could delay, defer, or prevent a change in control. Furthermore, holders of preferred stock may have other rights, including economic rights, senior to the common stock. As a result, their existence and issuance could have a material adverse effect on the market value of the common stock. We have in the past issued and may from time to time in the future issue, preferred stock for financing or other purposes with rights, preferences, or privileges senior to the common stock. As of December 31, 2013, we had one series of preferred stock outstanding, Series B Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred”).  

-17-

 The provisions of our Series B Preferred prohibit the payment of dividends on the common stock unless the dividends on those preferred shares are first paid. In addition, upon a liquidation, dissolution or sale of our business, the holders of the Series B Preferred will be entitled to receive, in preference to any distribution to the holders of common stock, initial distributions of $2.50 per share, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends. As of December 31, 2013, we had cumulative undeclared dividends on the Series B Preferred of approximately $8,000.

Certain large shareholders may have certain personal interests that may affect the Company.

 As a result of the shares issued to Goldman Capital Management and related entities (together, “Goldman”) in connection with the Qualified Financing, Goldman beneficially owns, in the aggregate, approximately 35.9% of the Company’s outstanding voting securities.  Additionally, Neil Goldman, principal of Goldman, serves as a director on our Board.  As a result, Goldman has the potential ability to exert influence over both the actions of the Board of Directors and the outcome of issues requiring approval by the Company’s shareholders.  This concentration of ownership may have effects such as delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company that may be favored by other shareholders or preventing transactions in which shareholders might otherwise recover a premium for their shares over current market prices.

Our corporate documents and Delaware law contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company.

 Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition involving us that our stockholders may consider favorable. For example, our certificate of incorporation authorizes preferred stock, which carries special rights, including voting and dividend rights. With these rights, preferred stockholders could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us.

 We are also subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under these provisions, if anyone becomes an “interested stockholder,” we may not enter into a “business combination” with that person for three years without special approval, which could discourage a third party from making a takeover offer and could delay or prevent a change of control. For purposes of Section 203, “interested stockholder” means, generally, someone owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock or an affiliate of ours that owned 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock during the past three years, subject to certain exceptions as described in Section 203.

We do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.

 We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate that any cash dividends will be paid on the common stock for the foreseeable future. The payment of any cash dividend by us will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, capital, regulatory requirements and financial condition. Furthermore, the terms of our Series B Preferred directly limit our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock.

ITEM IB. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 As of December 31, 2013 our corporate headquarters was located in San Diego, California where we occupied approximately 9,927 square feet of office space. This facility is leased through October 2017 at a cost of approximately $17,372 per month.   We also occupy 6,768 square feet in Ottawa, Province of Ontario, Canada. These premises were leased until September 2013, however, in January 2013, we signed a lease to downsize to a 1,508 square foot space in the same building commencing April 2013 until March 2016.  These facilities are leased at a cost of approximately $4,664 per month.  As of December 31, 2013 we also occupied 6,546 square feet of office space in Portland, Oregon.  This facility is leased through October 2015 at a cost of approximately $12,105 per month.  We also occupy approximately 190 square feet of office space in Mexico City, Mexico.  Our lease for this facility is for an indefinite term at a cost of approximately $1,728 per month.

-18-

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 On September 21, 2012, Blue Spike, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (“Blue Spike”), filed claims against the Company in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, alleging that the Company is impermissibly using Blue Spike’s patented technologies in certain Company products, including its Biometric Engine. To date, Blue Spike has filed similar suits asserting claims of patent infringement against over 100 companies since August 9, 2012. The defendants span a wide range of industries, from Internet search engines to chip manufacturers, digital rights management, video streaming and digital watermarking.  The Company has filed a motion to dismiss the complaint and a motion to transfer Blue Spike’s case against the Company to San Diego.  The Company’s motion to dismiss Blue Spike’s contributory and willful infringement allegations against the Company was granted by the Court.  The Company’s motion to transfer has not been ruled upon.  Currently pending are numerous other motions to dismiss and at least 12 motions filed by various other defendants to transfer the action to the Northern District of California, Central District of California, District of Massachusetts, Southern District of New York, and District of New Jersey.  None of the transfer motions have yet been ruled upon. Blue Spike is seeking to recover an unspecified amount of compensatory damages from the Company, and an injunction to enjoin the Company from further acts of alleged infringement.  The Company believes Blue Spike’s claim to be without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself. The Company is unable to estimate a possible range of loss at this time.

 Other than as specifically described above, we are currently not involved in any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.  Other than described above, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the executive officers of the Company or any of our subsidiaries, threatened against or affecting the Company, our common stock, any of our subsidiaries or of the Company’s or our subsidiaries’ officers or directors in their capacities as such, in which an adverse decision could have a material adverse effect.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 None.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

 Our common stock does not trade on an established securities exchange. Our common stock is quoted under the symbol “IWSY” on the OTCQB marketplace. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices for our common stock for each quarter in 2013 and 2012:

2013 Fiscal Quarters	High		Low
First Quarter	$	1.19	$	0.79
Second Quarter	$	2.65	$	0.85
Third Quarter	$	2.85	$	1.55
Fourth Quarter	$	2.14	$	1.26
2012 Fiscal Quarters	High		Low
First Quarter	$	1.35	$	0.65
Second Quarter	$	1.30	$	0.41
Third Quarter	$	1.33	$	0.54
Fourth Quarter	$	1.24	$	0.65

Holders

 As of March 17, 2014, we had approximately 180 holders of record of our common stock. A significant number of our shares were held in street name and, as such, we believe that the actual number of beneficial owners is significantly higher.

-19-

Dividends

 We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had cumulative undeclared dividends of approximately $8,000 relating to our Series B Preferred.  

Repurchases

 We did not repurchase any shares of our common stock during fiscal 2013 or 2012.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 For a discussion of our equity compensation plans, please see Item 12 of this Annual Report.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 Not a required disclosure for companies reporting under the scaled disclosure requirements for smaller reporting companies.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Readers are also urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us which attempt to advise interested parties of the factors which affect our business, including (without limitation) the disclosures made under the captions “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Risk Factors,” and in the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Recent Developments

 New Product Introductions

 In July 2013, the Company introduced its mobile biometric identity management platform, GoMobile Interactive™ ("GMI").  Based upon acquired patented messaging platform technology combined with the Company’s patented IWS Biometric Engine®, GMI allows global business, service and content providers to offer users biometric security for their products, services and content on the Android or iPhone operating systems. GMI includes a standalone application that can be used as a turnkey solution, as well as a software development kit, enabling integration with existing mobile applications for Android and iPhone.   Targeted verticals for the product include mobile banking and value transfer, retail, healthcare and entertainment services. By supporting multi-modal biometrics on a mobile device, the Company is able to offer an out-of-band security solution that is far superior to traditional password or PIN protection, which are now failing and costing businesses billions of dollars.  In addition, the GMI service supports dynamic information gathering, allowing clients to learn about their users through the use of interactive surveys that can be secured using biometrics.

 Contracts

 In August 2013, the Company was awarded a $2.2 million contract by its largest customer, the U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs (the "VA"), to expand its personal identity verification ("PIV") credentialing capabilities across federal, state and local facilities. The multi-biometric identity management solution was first implemented with the VA in 2007, whereby the Company has provided enrollment and on-going management of face, LiveScan fingerprint and fingerprint minutia. These services, which are in compliance with U.S. government standards, provide a greater level of security and drive the standards for commercial adoption.  Under the terms of the agreement, the Company delivered software licenses during the third quarter of 2013 and recognized approximately $1.5 million in product revenue. Additionally, the Company will recognize maintenance related service revenues valued at approximately $692,000 from this customer ratably over the next year.

-20-

 Liquidity and Capital Resources

 On May 22, 2013, the Securities and Exchange Commission declared the Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement on S-1, filed by the Company on May 20, 2013 (file no. 333-179469) (the “Amended S-1”), effective. The Amended S-1 updates, among other things, the plan of distribution to allow certain existing shareholders to sell previously restricted shares of the Company’s common stock and shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants (the “Securities”) at market prices. The Registration Statement on S-1 originally filed by the Company and declared effective by the SEC on May 10, 2012 (the “Original S-1”) only allowed these shareholders to sell the Securities at a fixed price.

 Following the effectiveness of the Amended S-1 on May 22, 2013 and through the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 6,132,779 shares of its common stock and received net proceeds of approximately $3,291,000 from the exercise of warrants exercisable for shares registered under the Amended S-1.

 In March 2013, the Company entered into a new unsecured line of credit agreement with initial available borrowing of up to $2.5 million. The credit line was extended by an existing shareholder and member of our Board of Directors. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest of 8% per annum and are due in March 2015. Before entering into the Amendment (defined below), at any time prior to the Maturity Date, the holder had the right to convert the outstanding balance owed into shares of the Company’s common stock by dividing the outstanding balance by $0.95.

 Advances under the credit facility are made at the Company’s request. The line of credit shall terminate, and no further advances shall be made, upon the earlier of the Maturity Date or such date that the Company consummates a debt and/or equity financing resulting in net proceeds to the Company of at least $3.5 million. In the event of such financing, the outstanding balance under the terms of this note shall be due and payable upon demand.

 As additional consideration for the unsecured line of credit agreement, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 1,052,632 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant has a term of two years from the date of issuance and an exercise price of $0.95 per share.

The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions: term of two years, a risk free interest rate of 2.58%, a dividend yield of 0% and volatility of 79%. The Company recorded the fair value of the warrants as a deferred financing fee of approximately $580,000 to be amortized over the life of the line of credit agreement.

 As of December 31, 2013, no advances were made under the unsecured line of credit agreement.

 In March 2014, the holder of the line of credit agreed to increase the borrowing facility to an aggregate total of $3,500,000 (the "Amendment"). Borrowings under the increased credit facility will bear interest at the same rate and are also due in March 2015. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Amendment, the Holder has the right to convert up to $2.5 million of the outstanding balance into shares of the Company's common stock for $0.95 per share. Any remaining outstanding balance will be convertible into shares of the Company's common stock for $2.25 per share. As consideration for the increase to the line of credit borrowing facility, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 177,778 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant expires on March 27, 2015 and has an exercise price of $2.25 per share.

 Historically, our principal sources of cash have included customer payments from the sale of our products, proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock and proceeds from the issuance of debt. Our principal uses of cash have included cash used in operations, payments relating to purchases of property and equipment and repayments of borrowings. We expect that our principal uses of cash in the future will be for product development including customization of identity management products for enterprise and consumer applications, further development of intellectual property, development of Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) capabilities for existing products as well as general working capital and capital expenditure requirements. We expect that, as our revenues grow, our sales and marketing and research and development expenses will continue to grow, albeit at a slower rate and, as a result, we will need to generate significant net revenues to achieve and sustain income from operations.

 Management believes that the Company’s current cash and cash equivalents combined with the line of credit availability will be sufficient to meet working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months from the date of this filing.

Overview

 We are a pioneer and leader in the emerging market for biometrically enabled software-based identity management solutions. Using those human characteristics that are unique to us all, we create software that provides a highly reliable indication of a person’s identity.   Our “flagship” product is our patented IWS Biometric Engine®.  Scalable for small city business or worldwide deployment, our IWS Biometric Engine is a multi-biometric software platform that is hardware and algorithm independent, enabling the enrollment and management of unlimited population sizes.  It allows a user to utilize one or more biometrics on a seamlessly integrated platform. Our products are used to manage and issue secure credentials, including national IDs, passports, driver licenses and access control credentials. Our products also provide law enforcement with integrated mug shot, fingerprint LiveScan and investigative capabilities. We also provide comprehensive authentication security software using biometrics to secure physical and logical access to facilities or computer networks or Internet sites.  Biometric technology is now an integral part of all markets we address and all of our products are integrated into the IWS Biometric Engine.

-21-

 While we have historically marketed our products to the government market at the federal, state and local levels, the emergence of cloud based computing - a mobile market that demands increased security and interoperable systems, and the proven success of our products in the government market, will enable us to enlarge our target market focus to include the emerging consumer and non-government enterprise marketplace.

 Our biometric technology is a core software component of an organization’s security infrastructure and includes a multi-biometric identity management solution for enrolling, managing, identifying and verifying the identities of people by the physical characteristics of the human body. We develop, sell and support various identity management capabilities within government (federal, state and local), law enforcement, commercial enterprises, and transportation and aviation markets for identification and verification purposes. Our IWS Biometric Engine is a patented biometric identity management software platform for multi-biometric enrollment, management and authentication, managing population databases of virtually unlimited sizes. It is hardware agnostic and can utilize different types of biometric algorithms.  It allows different types of biometrics to be operated at the same time on a seamlessly integrated platform.  It is also offered as a Software Development Kit (“SDK”) based search engine, enabling developers and system integrators to implement a biometric solution or integrate biometric capabilities into existing applications without having to derive biometric functionality from pre-existing applications.  The IWS Biometric Engine combined with our secure credential platform, IWS EPI Builder, provides a comprehensive, integrated biometric and secure credential solution that can be leveraged for high-end applications such as passports, driver licenses, national IDs, and other secure documents.

 Our law enforcement solutions enable agencies to quickly capture, archive, search, retrieve, and share digital images, fingerprints and other biometrics as well as criminal history records on a stand-alone, networked, wireless or Web-based platform. We develop, sell and support a suite of modular software products used by law enforcement and public safety agencies to create and manage criminal history records and to investigate crime. Our IWS Law Enforcement solution consists of five software modules: Capture and Investigative modules, which provide a criminal booking system with related databases as well as the ability to create and print mug photo/SMT image lineups and electronic mugbooks; a Facial Recognition module, which uses biometric facial recognition to identify suspects; a Web module, which provides access to centrally stored records over the Internet in a connected or wireless fashion; and a LiveScan module, which incorporates LiveScan capabilities into IWS Law Enforcement providing integrated fingerprint and palm print biometric management for civil and law enforcement use.  The IWS Biometric Engine is also available to our law enforcement clients and allows them to capture and search using other biometrics such as iris or DNA.

 Our secure credential solutions empower customers to create secure and smart digital identification documents with complete ID systems. We develop, sell and support software and design systems which utilize digital imaging and biometrics in the production of photo identification cards, credentials and identification systems. Our products in this market consist of IWS EPI Suite and IWS EPI Builder (an SDK).  These products allow for the production of digital identification cards and related databases and records and can be used by, among others, schools, airports, hospitals, corporations or governments.  We have added the ability to incorporate multiple biometrics into the ID systems with the integration of IWS Biometric Engine to our secure credential product line.

 Our enterprise authentication software includes the IWS Desktop Security product which is a comprehensive authentication management infrastructure solution providing added layers of security to workstations, networks and systems through advanced encryption and authentication technologies. IWS Desktop Security is optimized to enhance network security and usability, and uses multi-factor authentication methods to protect access, verify identity and help secure the computing environment without sacrificing ease-of-use features such as quick login. Additionally, IWS Desktop Security provides an easy integration with various smart card-based credentials including the Common Access Card (CAC), Homeland Security Presidential Directive 12 (HSPD-12), Personal Identity Verification (PIV) credential, and Transportation Worker Identification Credential (TWIC) with an organization’s access control process. IWS Desktop Security provides the crucial end-point component of a Logical Access Control System (LACS), and when combined with a Physical Access Control System (PACS), organizations benefit from a complete door to desktop access control and security model.

-22-

Critical Accounting Estimates

 The discussion and analysis of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to utilize accounting policies and make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingencies as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during a fiscal period. The Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") considers an accounting policy to be critical if it is important to a company’s financial condition and results of operations, and if it requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in its application.

 Significant estimates include the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, inventory carrying values, deferred tax asset valuation allowances, accounting for loss contingencies, recoverability of goodwill and acquired intangible assets and amortization periods, assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model to calculate the fair value of share based payments, assumptions used in the application of fair value methodologies to calculate the fair value of derivative liabilities, revenue and cost of revenues recognized under the percentage of completion method and assumptions used in the application of fair value methodologies to calculate the fair value of pension assets and obligations.

 The following are our critical accounting policies because we believe they are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require critical management judgments and estimates about matters that are uncertain. If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported financial condition and results of operations for future periods could be materially affected.  

 Revenue Recognition.  Our revenue recognition policy is significant because our revenue is a key component of our consolidated results of operations. We recognize revenue from the following major revenue sources:

l	Long-term fixed-price contracts involving significant customization;
l	Fixed-price contracts involving minimal customization;
l	Software licensing;
l	Sales of computer hardware and identification media; and
l	Lost contract customer support (“PCS”)

 The Company’s revenue recognition policies are consistent with U.S. GAAP including Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 985-605, “Software Revenue Recognition”, ASC 605-35 “Revenue Recognition, Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts”, “Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin 104,"  and ASC 605-25, “Revenue Recognition, Multiple Element Arrangements”. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

 We recognize revenue and profit as work progresses on long-term, fixed-price contracts involving significant amount of hardware and software customization using the percentage of completion method based on costs incurred to date compared to total estimated costs at completion. Revenue from contracts for which we cannot reliably estimate total costs or there are not significant amounts of customization are recognized upon completion. Determining when a contract should be accounted for using the percentage of completion method involves judgment. Critical items that are considered in this process are the degree of customization and related labor hours necessary to complete the required work as well as ongoing estimates of the future labor hours needed to complete the contract. We also generate non-recurring revenue from the licensing of our software. Software license revenue is recognized upon the execution of a license agreement, upon deliverance, when fees are fixed and determinable, collectability is probable and when all other significant obligations have been fulfilled. We also generate revenue from the sale of computer hardware and identification media. Revenue for these items is recognized upon delivery of these products to the customer. The Company’s revenue from periodic maintenance agreements is generally recognized ratably over the respective maintenance periods provided no significant obligations remain and collectability of the related receivable is probable. Pricing of maintenance contracts is consistent period to period and calculated as a percentage of the software or hardware revenue.  Amounts collected in advance for maintenance services are included in current liabilities under “Deferred revenues.” Sales tax collected from customers is excluded from revenue.

-23-

 For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-11.

 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  We provide an allowance for our accounts receivable for estimated losses that may result from our customers’ inability to pay.  We determine the amount of allowance by analyzing historical losses, customer concentrations, customer creditworthiness, current economic trends, the age of the accounts receivable balances and changes in our customer payment terms when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Our accounts receivable balance was $302,000, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3,000 at December 31, 2013.  Our accounts receivable balance was $328,000, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3,000 at December 31, 2012.

 Valuation of Goodwill, Other Intangible and Long-Lived Assets.  The Company accounts for its intangible assets under the provisions of ASC 350, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other”. In accordance with ASC 350, intangible assets with a definite life are analyzed for impairment under ASC 360-10-05 and intangible assets with an indefinite life are analyzed for impairment under ASC 360. In accordance with ASC 350, goodwill, or the excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired is tested for impairment using a fair value approach at the “reporting unit” level. A reporting unit is the operating segment, or a business one level below that operating segment (referred to as a component) if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at the component level. The Company’s reporting unit is at the entity level. The Company recognizes an impairment charge for any amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its fair value. The Company uses fair value methodologies to establish fair values.

 We assess impairment of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include the following:

l	Significant underperformance relative to historical or expected future operating results;
l	Significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy of our overall business; and
l	Significant negative industry or economic trends.

 The Company annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate a need, tests the carrying amount of goodwill for impairment. The Company performs its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of each year. A two-step impairment test is used to first identify potential goodwill impairment and then measure the amount of goodwill impairment loss, if any. The first step was conducted by determining and comparing the fair value, employing the market approach, of the Company’s reporting units to the carrying value of the reporting unit. In 2006, the Company determined that its only reporting unit is Identity Management. Based on the results of this impairment test, the Company determined that its goodwill assets were not impaired as of December 31, 2013.

 The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their net book value may not be recoverable. When such factors and circumstances exist, the Company compares the projected undiscounted future cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their estimated useful lives against their respective carrying amount. Impairment, if any, is based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value, based on market value when available, or discounted expected cash flows, of those assets and is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The Company’s management currently believes there is no impairment of its long-lived assets. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for the Company’s products under development will continue. Either of these could result in future impairment of long-lived assets.

 There are many management assumptions and estimates underlying the determination of an impairment loss, and estimates using different, but reasonable, assumptions could produce significantly different results. Significant assumptions include estimates of future levels of revenues and operating expenses. Therefore, the timing and recognition of impairment losses by us in the future, if any, may be highly dependent upon our estimates and assumptions. There can be no assurance that goodwill impairment will not occur in the future.

 Goodwill and other net intangible assets amounted to approximately $3,588,000 and $3,616,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

-24-

 Stock-Based Compensation.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had two stock-based compensation plans for employees and nonemployee directors, which authorize the granting of various equity-based incentives including stock options and restricted stock.

 The Company estimates the fair value of its stock options using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, consistent with the provisions of ASC 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation”. The fair value of stock options granted is recognized to expense over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards is recognized using the straight-line single-option method. Stock-based compensation expense is reported in general and administrative, sales and marketing, engineering and customer service expenses based upon the departments to which substantially all of the associated employees report and credited to additional paid-in-capital.  Stock-based compensation expense related to equity options was approximately $575,000 and $571,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  In January 2010, the Company issued 847,258 shares of restricted stock to members of management and the Board. These shares will vest quarterly over a three-year period. The restricted shares were issued as compensation for the cancellation of 1,412,096 options held by members of management and the Board. The Company evaluated the exchange in accordance with ASC 718 and determined there was no incremental cost to be recorded in conjunction with the exchange as the fair value of the options surrendered at the modification date exceeded the fair value of the restricted shares issued at the modification date.  The Company recorded approximately $0 and $37,000 in compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to these restricted shares.

 ASC 718 requires the use of a valuation model to calculate the fair value of stock-based awards. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company has elected to use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates various assumptions including volatility, expected life, and interest rates. The Company is required to make various assumptions in the application of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company has determined that the best measure of expected volatility is based on the historical weekly volatility of the Company’s common stock. Historical volatility factors utilized in the Company’s Black-Scholes computations ranged from 78% to 103% for the grants issued in years 2013 and 2012. The Company has elected to estimate the expected life of an award based upon the SEC approved “simplified method” noted under the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110.  The expected term used by the Company to value the grants issued in 2013 and 2012 as computed by this method was 5.9 years. The effect of the difference between the actual historical expected life and the simplified method was immaterial.  The interest rate used is the risk free interest rate and is based upon U. S. Treasury rates appropriate for the expected term. Interest rates used in the Company’s Black-Scholes calculations were 2.6% for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.  Dividend yield is zero as the Company does not expect to declare any dividends on the Company’s common shares in the foreseeable future.

 In addition to the key assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model, the estimated forfeiture rate at the time of valuation is a critical assumption.  The Company has estimated an annualized forfeiture rate of approximately 0% for corporate officers, 4.1% for members of the Board of Directors and 6.0% for all other employees.  The Company reviews the expected forfeiture rate annually to determine if that percent is still reasonable based on historical experience.

 Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences related to temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax purposes at each year-end, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. A valuation allowance is established when necessary based on the weight of available evidence, if it is considered more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Income tax expense is the sum of current income tax plus the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 ASC 740-10 requires a company to first determine whether it is more-likely-than-not (defined as a likelihood of more than fifty percent) that a tax position will be sustained based on its technical merits as of the reporting date, assuming that taxing authorities will examine the position and have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets this more-likely-than-not threshold is then measured and recognized at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely to be realized upon effective settlement with a taxing authority.

-25-

 We recognize and measure uncertain tax positions in accordance with U.S. GAAP, pursuant to which we only recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. Any tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We report a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. U.S. GAAP further requires that a change in judgment related to the expected ultimate resolution of uncertain tax positions be recognized in earnings in the quarter of such change. We recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

 We file annual income tax returns in multiple taxing jurisdictions around the world. A number of years may elapse before an uncertain tax position is audited and finally resolved. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain tax position, we believe that our analysis of income tax reserves reflects the most likely outcome. We adjust these reserves, if any, as well as the related interest, in light of changing facts and circumstances. Settlement of any particular position could require the use of cash.

 Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Company’s uncertain tax positions and determining the Company’s provision for income taxes. No assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from that which is reflected in the Company’s historical income tax provisions and accruals.  The Company adjusts these items in light of changing facts and circumstances.  To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.

 The Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) limits the availability of certain tax credits and net operating losses that arose prior to certain cumulative changes in a corporation’s ownership resulting in a change of control of the Company.  The Company’s use of its net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards will be significantly limited because the Company believes it underwent “ownership changes,” as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, in 1991, 1995, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2011 and 2012, though the Company has not performed a study to determine the limitation.  The Company has reduced its deferred tax assets to zero relating to its federal and state research credits because of such limitations.  The Company continues to disclose the tax effect of the net operating loss carryforwards at their original amount as the actual limitation has not yet been quantified.   The Company has also established a full valuation allowance for substantially all deferred tax assets due to uncertainties surrounding its ability to generate future taxable income to realize these assets. Since substantially all deferred tax assets are fully reserved, future changes in tax benefits will not impact the effective tax rate. Management periodically evaluates the recoverability of the deferred tax assets. If it is determined at some time in the future that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will be realized, the valuation allowance would be reduced accordingly at that time.

 Fair-Value Measurements. The Company accounts for fair value measurements in accordance with ASC  820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. 

 ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 are described below:

Level 1	Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.
Level 2	Applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.
Level 3	Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (supported by little or no market activity).

-26-

 Assessing the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, considering factors specific to the asset or liability.  Determining whether a fair value measurement is based on Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 inputs is important because certain disclosures are applicable only to those fair value measurements that use Level 3 inputs.  The use of Level 3 inputs may include information derived through extrapolation or interpolation which involves management assumptions.

 Derivative Financial Instruments. The Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow, market or foreign currency risks.

 The Company reviews the terms of the common and preferred stock, warrants and convertible debt it issues to determine whether there are embedded derivative instruments, including embedded conversion options, which are required to be bifurcated and accounted for separately as derivative financial instruments.  In circumstances where the host instrument contains more than one embedded derivative instrument, including the conversion option, that is required to be bifurcated, the bifurcated derivative instruments are accounted for as a single, compound derivative instrument.

 Bifurcated embedded derivatives are initially recorded at fair value and are then revalued at each reporting date with changes in the fair value reported as non-operating income or expense. When the equity or convertible debt instruments contain embedded derivative instruments that are to be bifurcated and accounted for as liabilities, the total proceeds received are first allocated to the fair value of all the bifurcated derivative instruments.  The remaining proceeds, if any, are then allocated to the host instruments themselves, usually resulting in those instruments being recorded at a discount from their face value.

 The discount from the face value of the convertible debt, together with the stated interest on the instrument, is amortized over the life of the instrument through periodic charges to interest expense, using the effective interest method.

Results of Operations

 This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Comparison of Results for Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 Product Revenue

	Years Ended December 31,
Net Product Revenue	2013			2012			$ Change			% Change
(dollars in thousands)
Software and royalties	$	2,437		$	946		$	1,491		158	%
Percentage of total net product revenue		91	%		83	%
Hardware and consumables	$	78		$	138		$	(60	)	(43)	%
Percentage of total net product revenue		3	%		12	%
Services	$	171		$	61		$	110		180	%
Percentage of total net product revenue		6	%		5	%
Total net product revenue	$	2,686		$	1,145		$	1,541		135	%

 Software and royalty revenue increased 158% or approximately $1,491,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding period in 2012.  This increase is due to higher sales of identification software license revenue of approximately $1,528,000 and higher law enforcement project related revenues of approximately $27,000 offset by lower sales of our boxed identity management software sold through our distribution channel of approximately $24,000 and lower royalty revenues of approximately $40,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding period of 2012.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, one customer accounted for approximately 42% or $2,211,000 of our total revenue.

 Revenues from the sale of hardware and consumables decreased 43% or approximately $60,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding period in 2012.  The decrease reflects lower revenue from project solutions containing hardware and consumable components.

-27-

 Services revenue is comprised primarily of software integration services, system installation services and customer training.  Such revenue increased 180% or approximately $110,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding period in 2012, due primarily to the completion of the service elements in certain law enforcement and identification project solutions.

 We believe that the period-to-period fluctuations of identity management software revenue in project-oriented solutions are largely due to the timing of government procurement with respect to the various programs we are pursuing.  Based on management’s current visibility into the timing of potential government procurements, we believe that we will see an increase in government procurement and implementations with respect to identity management initiatives; however, we cannot predict the timing of such initiatives. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we accelerated our efforts to move the Biometric Engine into cloud and mobile markets and expanding our end-user market into non-government sectors including commercial, consumer and healthcare applications.  We anticipate that we will see positive developments from these efforts in the next six months, which should help us to begin to smooth out our period-to-period fluctuations in revenue and enable us to provide better visibility into the timing of future revenues.

 Maintenance Revenue

	Years Ended December 31,
Net Maintenance Revenue	2013		2012		$ Change			% Change
(dollars in thousands)
Maintenance Revenue	$	2,618	$	2,806	$	(188	)		(7)	%

 Maintenance revenue was approximately $2,618,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to approximately $2,806,000 for the corresponding period in 2012.  The decrease of approximately $188,000 is primarily due to the expiration of certain law enforcement maintenance contracts.  

 We anticipate growth of our maintenance revenue through the retention of existing customers combined with the expansion of our installed base resulting from the completion of project-oriented work, however we cannot predict the timing of this anticipated growth.

 Cost of Product Revenue

	Years Ended December 31,
Cost of Product Revenue	2013			2012			$ Change		% Change
(dollars in thousands)
Software and royalties	$	144		$	116		$	28		24	%
Percentage of software and royalty product revenue		6	%		12	%
Hardware and consumables	$	68		$	70		$	(2)		(3)	%
Percentage of hardware and consumables product revenue		87	%		51	%
Services	$	107		$	41		$	66		161	%
Percentage of services product revenue		63	%		67	%
Total cost of product revenue	$	319		$	227		$	92		41	%
Percentage of total product revenue		12	%		20	%

 The cost of software and royalty product revenue increased 24% or approximately $28,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding period in 2012.  The increase in software and royalty cost of product revenue of approximately $28,000 is due to higher software product sales of approximately $1,491,000 which contain certain third-party software elements. In addition to changes in costs of software and royalty product revenue caused by revenue level fluctuations, costs of products can vary as a percentage of product revenue from period to period depending upon level of software customization and third party software license content included in product sales during a given period. 

 The decrease in the cost of product revenue for our hardware and consumable sales of approximately $2,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding period in 2012 reflects the decrease in hardware and consumable revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in the percentage of hardware and consumables product cost of revenues as a percentage of hardware and consumable revenues from 51% in the year ended December 31, 2012 to 87% for the corresponding year of 2013 is due to the 2012 period containing the sale of certain hardware which contained uncharacteristically low costs.

-28-

 Cost of services revenue increased 161% or approximately $66,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding period in 2012.   This increase reflects higher services revenues of approximately $110,000 related to project-oriented work during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 Cost of Maintenance Revenue

	Years Ended December 31,
Maintenance cost of revenue	2013			2012			$ Change			% Change
(dollars in thousands)
Total maintenance cost of revenue	$	771		$	975		$	(204	)		(21)	%
Percentage of total maintenance revenue		29	%		35	%

 Cost of maintenance revenue decreased 21% or approximately $204,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the corresponding period in 2012 due to lower maintenance revenues of approximately $188,000 combined with cost savings realized from the movement of technical support functions from our Canadian office to our San Diego office in May of 2012. The decrease in the cost of maintenance revenues as a percentage of maintenance revenues from 35% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 29% for the corresponding period of 2013 reflect the cost saving realized by the movement of the technical support functions to our San Diego office.

 Product Gross Profit

	Years Ended December 31,
Product gross profit	2013			2012			$ Change			% Change
(dollars in thousands)
Software and royalties	$	2,293		$	830		$	1,463			176	%
Percentage of software and royalty product revenue		94	%		88	%
Hardware and consumables	$	10		$	68		$	(58	)		(85)	%
Percentage of hardware and consumables product revenue		13	%		49	%
Services	$	64		$	20		$	44			220	%
Percentage of services product revenue		37	%		33	%
Total product gross profit	$	2,367		$	918		$	1,449			158	%
Percentage of total product revenue		88	%		80	%

 Software and royalty gross profit increased 176% or approximately $1,463,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 from the corresponding period in 2012 due primarily to higher software product sales of approximately $1,491,000. In addition to changes in costs of software and royalty product revenue caused by revenue level fluctuations, costs of products can vary as a percentage of product revenue from period to period depending upon level of software customization and third party software license content included in product sales during a given period. 

 Hardware and consumables gross profit decreased 85% or approximately $58,000 due to lower hardware and consumables product revenues of approximately $60,000.

 Services gross profit increased 220% or approximately $44,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the corresponding period in 2012.  This increase reflects higher services revenues of approximately $110,000 related to project-oriented work during the year ended December 31, 2013.

-29-

 Maintenance Gross Profit

	Years Ended December 31,
Maintenance gross profit	2013			2012			$ Change		% Change
(dollars in thousands)
Total maintenance gross profit	$	1,847		$	1,831		$	16		1	%
Percentage of total maintenance revenue		71	%		65	%

 Gross margins related to maintenance revenue increased to 71% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 65% for the same period ended 2012. That increase is due to lower maintenance cost of revenues of approximately $204,000 due primarily to reduced costs incurred from the movement of certain technical support functions from our Canadian office to our San Diego office.

 Operating Expense

	Years Ended December 31,
Operating Expense	2013			2012			$ Change		% Change
(dollars in thousands)
General and administrative	$	3,378		$	3,430		$	(52)		(2)	%
Percentage of total net revenue		64	%		87	%
Sales and marketing	$	2,129		$	1,830		$	299		16	%
Percentage of total net revenue		40	%		46	%
Research and development	$	3,869		$	3,180		$	689		22	%
Percentage of total net revenue		73	%		80	%
Depreciation and amortization	$	125		$	69		$	56		81	%
Percentage of total net revenue		2	%		2	%

 General and Administrative Expense  

 General and administrative expense is comprised primarily of salaries and other employee-related costs for executive, financial, and other infrastructure personnel. General legal, accounting and consulting services, insurance, occupancy and communication costs are also included with general and administrative expense.  The dollar decrease of approximately $52,000 is comprised of the following major components:

l	Decrease in professional fees including consulting services and contract services of approximately $304,000 due primarily to decreases in audit related fees of approximately $134,000, decreases in various consulting and contract services of approximately $99,000, decreases in patent expenses of approximately $164,000 offset by increases in Board of Director fees of approximately $93,000.
l	Increase in personnel related expense of approximately $190,000 due to headcount increases.
l	Decrease in stock-based compensation expense of approximately $23,000.
l	Increase in travel, insurances, licenses, dues, rent, and office related costs of approximately $85,000.

 We continue to focus our efforts on achieving additional future operating efficiencies by reviewing and improving upon existing business processes and evaluating our cost structure. We believe these efforts will allow us to continue to gradually decrease our level of general and administrative expense expressed as a percentage of total revenue.

-30-

 Sales and Marketing Expense  

 Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of the salaries, commissions, other incentive compensation, employee benefits and travel expense of our sales, marketing, and business development. The dollar increase of approximately $299,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding period in 2012 is primarily comprised of the following major components:

● Increase in personnel related expense of approximately $190,000 due primarily to headcount increases.

● Increase in professional services of approximately $64,000.

● Increase in contract services and marketing partnership fees of approximately $89,000 offset by decreases in travel and trade show expenses and office related expenses of approximately $39,000.

● Decrease in stock-based compensation of approximately $5,000.

 We anticipate that the level of expense incurred for sales and marketing during the year ended December 31, 2014 will increase as we pursue large project solution opportunities.

 Research and Development Expense 

 Research and development expense consists primarily of salaries, employee benefits and outside contractors for new product development, product enhancements, custom integration work and related facility costs. Such expense increased approximately $689,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding period in 2012 due primarily to the following major components:

● Increase in personnel expenditures of approximately $493,000 due to headcount increases combined with increases in contractor and contract services of approximately $152,000.

● Increase in travel, rent and office related costs of approximately $50,000.

● Decrease in stock-based compensation of approximately $6,000.

 Our level of expenditures in research and development reflects our belief that to maintain our competitive position in markets characterized by rapid rates of technological advancement, we must continue to invest significant resources in new systems and software as well as continue to enhance existing products.

 Depreciation and Amortization  

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, depreciation and amortization expense increased approximately $56,000 as compared to the corresponding period in 2012.  The relatively small amount of depreciation and amortization is a reflection of the relatively small property and equipment carrying value. The increase of approximately $56,000 reflects higher depreciation expense on recent equipment purchases needed to replace older, obsolete equipment.

 Interest Expense (Income), Net

 For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized interest income of $1,000 and interest expense of $222,000. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recognized interest income of $3,000 and interest expense of $21,000.  Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 contains the following components:

● Coupon interest of approximately $4,000 related to our Related Party Convertible Notes.

● Deferred financing fee amortization expense of approximately $218,000.

-31-

 Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 contains the following components:

● Coupon interest on secured notes payable and convertible notes payable of approximately $5,000.

● Other interest expense of approximately $16,000.

 Change in Fair Value of Derivative Liabilities

 For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we recognized non-cash expenses of approximately $4,776,000 and $4,712,000, respectively.  This expense is related to the change in fair value of the Company’s derivative liabilities associated with the anti-dilution provisions in certain warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. The derivative liabilities were revalued using available market information and commonly accepted valuation methodologies.

 Other Income, Net

 For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized other income of $446,000 and other expense of $3,000.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recognized other income of $336,000 and other expense of $14,000.  Other income for the year ended December 31, 2013 is comprised of approximately $440,000 from the write off of certain accounts payable and accrued expenses due the expiration of the legal statute of limitations on such liabilities and $6,000 in miscellaneous receipts. Other income for the year ended December 31, 2012 contains approximately $336,000 from the write off of certain accounts payable due to the expiration of the legal statute of limitations on such account payable.

 Income Tax Expense

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded an expense of $8,000 from income taxes as compared to $22,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, our expense for income taxes of $7,000 related to taxes on income generated in certain foreign jurisdictions offset by research and development tax credits generated in certain foreign jurisdictions.

 We have incurred consolidated pre-tax losses during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and have incurred operating losses in all periods prior to 2009. Management has determined that it is more likely than not that a tax benefit from such losses will not be realized. Accordingly, we did not record a benefit for income taxes for these periods.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 At December 31, 2013, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $2,363,000 and accounts receivable, net of $302,000.  As of December 31, 2013, we had positive working capital of $134,000, which included $1,662,000 of deferred revenue and $57,000 in derivative liabilities.  Historically, our principal sources of cash have included customer payments from the sale of our products, proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock and proceeds from the issuance of debt. Our principal uses of cash have included cash used in operations, payments relating to purchases of property and equipment and repayments of borrowings. We expect that our principal uses of cash in the future will be for product development including customization of identity management products for enterprise and consumer applications, further development of intellectual property, development of our Software as a Service (“SaaS”) capabilities for existing products as well as general working capital and capital expenditure requirements. We expect that, as our revenues grow, our sales and marketing and research and development expenses will continue to grow, albeit to a lesser extent and, as a result, we will need to generate significant net revenues to achieve and sustain income from operations.

 In March 2013, the Company entered into a new unsecured line of credit agreement with initial available borrowing of up to $2.5 million. The credit line was extended by an existing shareholder and member of our Board of Directors. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest of 8% per annum and are due in March 2015. Before entering into the Amendment (defined below), at any time prior to the Maturity Date, the holder had the right to convert the outstanding balance owed into shares of the Company’s common stock by dividing the outstanding balance by $0.95.

-32-

Advances under the credit facility are made at the Company’s request. The line of credit shall terminate, and no further advances shall be made, upon the earlier of the Maturity Date or such date that the Company consummates a debt and/or equity financing resulting in net proceeds to the Company of at least $3.5 million. In the event of such financing, the outstanding balance under the terms of this note shall be due and payable upon demand.

 As additional consideration for the unsecured line of credit agreement, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 1,052,632 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant has a term of two years from the date of issuance and an exercise price of $0.95 per share.

 The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions: term of two years, a risk free interest rate of 2.58%, a dividend yield of 0%, and volatility of 79%. The Company recorded the fair value of the warrants as a deferred financing fee of approximately $580,000 to be amortized over the life of the line of credit agreement.

 The Company evaluated the line of credit agreement and determined that the instrument contains a contingent beneficial conversion feature, i.e. an embedded conversion right that enables the holder to obtain the underlying common stock at a price below market value. The beneficial conversion feature is contingent as the terms of the conversion do not permit the Company to compute the number of shares that the holder would receive if the contingent event occurs (i.e. future borrowings under the line of credit agreement). The Company has considered the accounting for this contingent beneficial conversion feature using the guidance in ASC 470, Debt. The guidance in ASC 470 states that a contingent beneficial conversion feature in an instrument shall not be recognized in earnings until the contingency is resolved. The beneficial conversion features of future borrowings under the line of credit agreement will be measured using the intrinsic value calculated at the date the contingency is resolved using the exercise price and trading value of the Company’s common stock at the date the line of credit agreement was issued (commitment date). Such amounts could range from $0 to approximately $474,000 depending on the amount borrowed by the Company under the line of credit agreement.

 As of December 31, 2013, no advances were made under the unsecured line of credit agreement.

 In March 2014, the holder of the line of credit agreed to increase the borrowing facility to an aggregate total of $3,500,000 (the "Amendment"). Borrowings under the increased credit facility will bear interest at the same rate and are also due in March 2015. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Amendment, the Holder has the right to convert up to $2.5 million of the outstanding balance into shares of the Company's common stock for $0.95 per share. Any remaining outstanding balance will be convertible into shares of the Company's common stock for $2.25 per share. As consideration for the increase to the line of credit borrowing facility, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 177,778 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant expires on March 27, 2015 and has an exercise price of $2.25 per share.

 For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 6,132,779 shares of its common stock and received net proceeds of approximately $3,291,000 from the exercise of warrants for cash.

 Historically, our principal sources of cash have included customer payments from the sale of our products, proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock and proceeds from the issuance of debt. Our principal uses of cash have included cash used in operations, payments relating to purchases of property and equipment and repayments of borrowings. We expect that our principal uses of cash in the future will be for product development including customization of identity management products for enterprise and consumer applications, further development of intellectual property, development of Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) capabilities for existing products as well as general working capital and capital expenditure requirements. We expect that, as our revenues grow, our sales and marketing and research and development expenses will continue to grow, albeit at a slower rate and, as a result, we will need to generate significant net revenues to achieve and sustain income from operations.

 Management believes that the Company’s current cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months from the date of this filing and that we will have sufficient liquidity to fund our business and meet our contractual obligations over a period beyond the next 12 months.

 Operating Activities

 Net cash used in operating activities was $4,851,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $5,553,000 for the corresponding period in 2012.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in operating activities consisted of net loss of $9,849,000 and a decrease in operating cash from changes in assets and liabilities of $404,000. Those amounts were offset by net non-cash costs of $5,402,000, including a $4,776,000 unrealized loss related to the change in value of our derivative liabilities, $724,000 in stock-based compensation (which includes $108,000 in warrants issued in lieu of cash as compensation), $217,000 in debt insurance cost amortization, and $125,000 in depreciation and intangible asset amortization offset by $440,000 of non-cash income primarily from the write-off of certain accounts payable and accrued expenses due to the expiration of the statute of limitations. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we used cash of $267,000 to fund increases in current assets and used cash of $137,000 through reductions in current liabilities and deferred revenues, excluding debt.

-33-

 The cash used in operations of $5,553,000 during the year ended December 31, 2012 consisted of net loss of $10,190,000 and a decrease in operating cash from changes in assets and liabilities of $458,000. Those amounts were offset by net non-cash costs of $5,095,000, including a $4,712,000 unrealized loss related to the change in value of our derivative liabilities, $608,000 in stock based compensation and $69,000 in depreciation and amortization, $27,000 related to warrants issued in lieu of cash, $15,000 in deferred financing fee expense offset by $336,000 of non-cash income from the write-off of certain accounts payable due to the expiration of the statute of limitations. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we used cash of $217,000 from increases in current assets and used cash of $241,000 through decreases in current liabilities and deferred revenues, excluding debt.

 Investing Activities

 Net cash used in investing activities was $193,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $181,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we used cash to fund capital expenditures of computer equipment, software and furniture and fixtures. This level of equipment purchases resulted primarily from the replacement of older equipment

 Financing Activities

 We generated cash of $3,251,000from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the generation of $3,260,000 for the same period in 2012. We generated cash of $3,291,000 from the exercise of 6,132,779 common stock warrants and $11,000 from the exercise of 35,310 common stock options. We used cash of $51,000 for the payment of dividends on our Series B Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock.  During the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated cash of $3,527,000 from the exercise of 7,052,647 common stock warrants and $7,000 from the exercise of 24,924 common stock options. We used cash of $229,000 for the payment of dividends on our Series B Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and $45,000 for the repayment of notes payable.

 Debt

 As of December 31, 2013 we had $55,000 in outstanding debt, exclusive of any debt discounts, and another $34,000 in related accrued interest, as compared to $65,000 in outstanding debt as of December 31, 2012.

 Factors That May Affect Future Financial Condition and Liquidity

 As a result of the receipt of cash from the exercise of warrants during the 2013 year and the credit facility secured by the March 2013 convertible promissory note and the subsequent increase to the credit facility in March 2014, we believe that our current cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months from the date of the filing of this Annual Report and that we will have sufficient liquidity to fund our business and meet our contractual obligations over a period beyond the next 12 months. However, we may be required to obtain additional financing in order to fund our continued operations. Due to the tightening of the credit markets, general economic conditions, and other economic and business factors, this financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Although we cannot accurately anticipate the effect of inflation or foreign exchange markets on our operations, we do not believe these external economic forces have had, or are likely in the foreseeable future to have, a material impact on our results of operations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 At December 31, 2013, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance, special purpose or variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. In addition, we did not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts. As a result, we are not exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships. We do not have relationships and transactions with persons or entities that derive benefits from their non-independent relationship with us or our related parties except as disclosed elsewhere in this Annual Report. 

-34-

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”), or other standard setting bodies, which are adopted by us as of the specified effective date.  Unless otherwise discussed, the Company’s management believes the impact of recently issued standards not yet effective will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

 FASB ASU 2012-02. In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment. This new accounting standard allows companies to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets is necessary. Under the guidance in ASU 2012-02, an entity has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test. An entity will be able to resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 FASB ASU 2013-05. In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-05, Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). ASU 2013-05 requires that when a reporting entity (parent) ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity, the parent is required to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. The provisions of ASU 2013-05 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. When adopted, ASU 2013-05 is not expected to materially impact our consolidated financial statements.

 FASB ASU 2013-11. In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. This guidance requires netting unrecognized tax benefits against deferred tax assets for a loss or other carryforward that would apply in settlement of uncertain tax positions. This guidance will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. We do not believe that adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

Impact of Inflation

 The primary inflationary factor affecting our operations is labor costs and we do not believe that inflation has materially affected earnings during the past four years. Substantial increases in costs and expenses, particularly labor and operating expenses, could have a significant impact on our operating results to the extent that such increases cannot be passed along to customers and end users.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 Each of our contracts require payment in U.S. dollars.  We therefore do not engage in hedging transactions to reduce our exposure to changes in currency exchange rates, although in the event any future contracts are denominated in a foreign currency, we may do so in the future.  As a result, our financial results are not affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates. 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the report of our independent registered public accounting firm are included in Item 15 of this Annual Report.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 None.

ITEM 9A.		CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(a)	Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

 Under the supervision and with the participation of our Management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operations of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as of December 31, 2013. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports submitted under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms.  In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework.

-35-

(b) Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  

 Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

 Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

 Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

(c) Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting.

 The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have determined that there have been no changes, in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this report identified in connection with the evaluation described in the above paragraph that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10.             DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 The Board of Directors and executive officers consist of the persons named in the table below. Each director serves for a one year term, until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until earlier resignation or removal.  The bylaws provide that the number of directors shall not be less than four, but no more than seven.  The directors and executive officers are as follows:

Name	Age		Principal Occupation/Position Held With the Company
Mr. S. James Miller, Jr.		60	Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
Mr. Wayne Wetherell		61	Sr. Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer
Mr. David Harding		44	Vice President, Chief Technical Officer
Mr. David Carey		69	Director
Mr. Guy Steve Hamm		66	Director
Mr. David Loesch		69	Director
Mr. John Cronin		59	Director
Mr. Neal Goldman		69	Director
Mr. Charles Crocker		75	Director

 S. James Miller, Jr. has served as our Chief Executive Officer since 1990 and Chairman of the Board since 1996. He also served as our President from 1990 until 2003. From 1980 to 1990, Mr. Miller was an executive with Oak Industries, Inc., a manufacturer of components for the telecommunications industry. While at Oak Industries, Mr. Miller served as a director and as Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Corporate Secretary and Chairman/President of Oak Industries’ Pacific Rim subsidiaries. He has a J.D. from the University of San Diego School of Law and a B.A. from the University of California, San Diego.

-36-

 The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee believes that Mr. Miller possesses substantial managerial expertise leading the Company through its various stages of development and growth, beginning in 1990 when Mr. Miller joined the Company as President and Chief Executive Officer, and that such expertise is extremely valuable to the Board of Directors and the Company as it executes its business plan.  In addition, the Board of Directors values the input provided by Mr. Miller given his legal experience.

 Wayne Wetherell has served as our Senior Vice President, Administration and Chief Financial Officer since May 2001 and additionally as our Secretary and Treasurer since October 2005. From 1996 to May 2001, he served as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer. From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Wetherell was the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Bilstein Corporation of America, a manufacturer and distributor of automotive parts. Mr. Wetherell holds a B.S. degree in Management and a M.S. degree in Finance from San Diego State University.

 David Harding. Mr. Harding has served as our Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since January 2006. Before joining us, Mr. Harding was the Chief Technology Officer at IC Solutions, Inc., where he was responsible for all technology departments including the development and management of software development, IT and quality assurance, as well as their respective hardware, software and human resource budgets from 2001 to 2003. He was the Chief Technology Officer at Thirsty.com from 1999 to 2000, the Chief Technology Officer at Fulcrum Point Technologies, Inc., from 1996 to 1999, and consultant to Access360, which is now part of IBM/Tivoli, from 1995 to 1996.

 David Carey was appointed to the Board in February 2006. Mr. Carey is a former Executive Director of the Central Intelligence Agency.  Since July 2009, Mr. Carey has served as an Outside Director on the Special Security Agreement (SSA) Board of DRS Technologies, a Finmeccanica s.p.a company.  Mr. Carey also serves on a number of Advisory Boards, including the Advisory Board of Raytheon TCS (Trusted Computer Solutions). Mr. Carey also consults with companies both independently and as an affiliate of both the Command Consulting Group and D4 Consulting.  From April 2005 to August of 2008, Mr. Carey served as Executive Director for Blackbird Technologies, which provides state-of-the-art IT security expertise, where he assists the company with business development and strategic planning. Prior to joining Blackbird Technologies, Mr. Carey was Vice President, Information Assurance for Oracle Corporation from September 2001 to April 2005. In addition, Mr. Carey worked for the CIA for 32 years until 2001. During his career at the CIA, Mr. Carey held several senior positions including that of Executive Director, often referred to as the Chief Operating Officer, or No. 3 person in the agency, from 1997 to 2001. Before assuming that position, Mr. Carey was Director of the DCI Crime and Narcotics Center, the Director of the Office of Near Eastern and South Asian Analysis, and Deputy Director of the Office of Global Issues. Mr. Carey is a graduate of Cornell University and the University of Delaware.

 The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee believes that Mr. Carey’s experience as a former Executive Director of the CIA, his experience dealing with IT security matters, and the extensive contacts gained over his career working within the intelligence and security community, provide the Board with specialized expertise that assists the Company in the specific industries in which it operates.

 Guy Steve Hamm was appointed to the Board in October 2004. Mr. Hamm served as CFO of Aspen Holding, a privately held insurance provider, from December 2005 to February 2007. In 2003, Mr. Hamm retired from PricewaterhouseCoopers, where he was a national partner-in-charge of middle market. Mr. Hamm was instrumental in growing the Audit Business Advisory Services (ABAS) Middle Market practice at PricewaterhouseCoopers, where he was responsible for $300 million in revenue and more than 100 partners.  Mr. Hamm is a graduate of San Diego State University.

 The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee believes that Mr. Hamm’s experience in public accounting, together with his management experience as a Chief Financial Officer, provide the Audit Committee of the Board with the expertise needed to oversee the Company’s finance and accounting professionals, and the Company’s independent public accountants.

-37-

 David Loesch was appointed to the Board in September 2001 after 29 years of service as a Special Agent with the Federal Bureau of Investigations (“FBI”). At the time of his retirement from the FBI, Mr. Loesch was the Assistant Director in Charge of the Criminal Justice Information Services Division of the FBI. Mr. Loesch was awarded the Presidential Rank Award for Meritorious Executive in 1998 and has served on the board of directors of the Special Agents Mutual Benefit Association since 1996. He is also a member of the International Association of Chiefs of Police and the Society of Former Special Agents of the FBI, Inc.  In 1999, Mr. Loesch was appointed by former Attorney General Janet Reno to serve as one of 15 original members of the Compact Council, an organization charged with promulgating rules and procedures governing the use of and exchange of criminal history records for non-criminal justice use. Mr. Loesch served in the United States Army as an Officer with the 101st Airborne Division in Vietnam. He holds a Bachelor’s degree from Canisius College and a Master’s degree in Criminal Justice from George Washington University. Mr. Loesch continues to work as a private consultant on criminal justice information sharing and the use of biometrics to help identify criminals and individuals of special concern.

 The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee believes that Mr. Loesch’s extensive service as a Special Agent with the FBI, together with his knowledge of security issues relevant to the Company’s products and markets, provides the Company and the Board of Directors with relevant input regarding the industries in which the Company competes, and the markets served by the Company. 

 John Cronin was appointed to the Board in February 2012. Mr. Cronin is currently Managing Director and Chairman of ipCapital Group, Inc. ("ipCG"), an intellectual property consulting firm Mr. Cronin founded in 1998.  During his time with ipCG, Mr. Cronin created both a unique ipCapital System® Methodology for consulting, as well as a world-class licensing and transaction process, and worked with over 700 companies, including more than 10% of the Fortune 500. Prior to forming ipCG, Mr. Cronin spent over 17 years at IBM and became its top inventor with over 100 patents and 150 patent publications. He created and ran the IBM Patent Factory, which was essential in helping IBM become number one in US patents, and the team that contributed to the startup and success of IBM's licensing program. Additionally, Mr. Cronin serves as a member of the Board of Directors at Vermont Electric Power Company (VELCO), Armor Designs, Inc., Document Security Systems, and Primal Fusion, Inc, and GraphOn and as a member of the advisory board for innoPad, Inc. He holds a B.S. (E.E.), an M.S. (E.E), and a B.A. degree in Psychology from the University of Vermont.

 The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee believes that Mr. Cronin’s experience developing and extracting the value from intellectual property, and his experience serving on, and advising, boards of directors, will contribute to deliberations of our Board of Directors, and assist the Company as it capitalizes on the opportunities presented by its portfolio of intellectual property assets.

 Neal Goldmanwas appointed to the Board in August 2012. Mr. Goldman is currently president, chief compliance officer and a director of Goldman Capital Management, Inc., an employee owned investment advisor that he founded in 1985. Additionally, Mr. Goldman is a member of the CFA institute and serves as a member of the Board of Directors and Compensation Committee for Blyth, Inc., a New York Stock Exchange-listed designer and marketer of home decorative and fragrance products.

 Mr. Goldman is the Company’s largest shareholder, and has significant investment experience.  As a result, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee believes that Mr. Goldman can provide valuable guidance to the Board of Directors as it seeks to build shareholder value.

 Charles Crocker was appointed to the Board in September 2012. Mr. Crocker currently serves as Chairman and CEO of Crocker Capital, a private investment company. Mr. Crocker also serves as a director of Franklin Resources, Inc., Teledyne Technologies, Inc., Fiduciary Trust International, Bailard, Inc. and Mercator MedSystems. Franklin Resources, Inc. and Teledyne Technologies, Inc. are both publically traded companies. Beyond his corporate duties, Mr. Crocker serves as a Trustee of the Mary A. Crocker Trust, the Cypress Lawn Cemetery Association and the Fine Arts Museums Foundation of San Francisco. Mr. Crocker received his B.S. degree from Stanford University and M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkley.

 The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee believes that Mr. Crocker’s significant experience serving on boards of directors, together with his investment experience, assists the Company’s Board of Directors in its deliberations and contributes to the governance of the Board.

-38-

Significant Employee

 The Company has also identified the following person as a significant employee of the Company:

 Chuck AuBuchon.Mr. AuBuchon has served as our Vice President, Business Development since January 2007. From 2004 to 2007 he served as Vice President, Sales. From 2003 to 2004, he served as Director of North American Sales. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. AuBuchon was Vice President Sales & Marketing at Card Technology Corporation, a manufacturer of Card Personalization Systems, where he was responsible for distribution within the Americas, Asia Pacific and EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa) regions. From 1992 to 2000, Mr. AuBuchon held various sales management positions, including Vice President Sales and Marketing, for Gemplus and Datacard.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

 Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors and executive officers, and persons who beneficially own more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities, to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of our common stock and other equity securities. Such persons are required by SEC regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. To our knowledge, based solely on a review of the copies of such reports furnished to us and written representations that no other reports were required, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, all Section 16(a) filing requirements were complied with in a timely manner, except for the inadvertent failure by S. James Miller to timely report one transaction on Form 4.

Code of Ethics

 The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics policy that applies to our directors and employees (including the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions).  The Company intends to promptly disclose (i) the nature of any amendment to this code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions and (ii) the nature of any waiver, including an implicit waiver, from a provision of this code of ethics that is granted to one of these specified individuals, the name of such person who is granted the waiver and the date of the waiver on our website in the future.  A copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics can be obtained from our website at http://www.iwsinc.com.

Committees of the Board of Directors

 Our Board of Directors has an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below.

 Audit Committee

 The Audit Committee provides assistance to the Board of Directors in fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations in matters involving our accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control and legal compliance functions by approving the services performed by our independent accountants and reviewing their reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal accounting controls. The Audit Committee also oversees the audit efforts of our independent accountants and takes those actions as it deems necessary to satisfy it that the accountants are independent of management. The Audit Committee currently consists of Messrs. Hamm (Chairman), Carey and Loesch, each of whom is a non-management member of our Board of Directors. Mr. Hamm is also our Audit Committee financial expert, as currently defined under current SEC rules.  The Audit Committee met four times during the year ended December 31, 2013.  We believe that the composition of our Audit Committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our Audit Committee complies with the applicable NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations.

-39-

 Compensation Committee

 The Compensation Committee determines our general compensation policies and the compensation provided to our directors and officers. The Compensation Committee also reviews and determines bonuses for our officers and other employees. In addition, the Compensation Committee reviews and determines equity-based compensation for our directors, officers, employees and consultants and administers our stock option plans.   The Compensation Committee currently consists of Messrs. Carey (Chairman), Cronin and Goldman, each of whom is a non-management member of our Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee met one time during the year ended December 31, 2013. Although Mr. Carey meets the criteria for independence under the applicable NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations, Messrs. Cronin and Goldman are not considered independent under such requirements.

 Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee  

 The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for making recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of the Board. In addition, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to the Board concerning corporate governance matters. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee currently consists of all the nonemployee members of the Board.   The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee met four times during the year ended December 31, 2013. We believe that the composition of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee complies with the applicable NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. 

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

 As permitted by Delaware law, the Company will indemnify its directors and officers against expenses and liabilities they incur to defend, settle, or satisfy any civil or criminal action brought against them on account of their being or having been Company directors or officers unless, in any such action, they are adjudged to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct. 

-40-

ITEM 11.                       EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

 The following table sets forth certain information about the compensation paid or accrued during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 to our Chief Executive Officer and the Company's two most highly compensated executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer who were serving as executive officers at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and whose annual compensation exceeded $100,000 during such year (collectively the “Named Executive Officers”).

Name and Principal Position	Year	Salary		Stock Awards		Option Awards (1)(2)(3)		All Other Compensation		Total
S. James Miller, Jr.	2013	$	358,857	$	-	$	212,906	$	18,191	$	589,954
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer	2012	$	352,915	$	-	$	211,019	$	16,474	$	580,408
Wayne G. Wetherell	2013	$	211,320	$	-	$	25,277	$	12,100	$	248,697
Senior Vice President Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, and Treasurer	2012	$	211,146	$	-	$	45,585	$	11,575	$	268,306
David Harding	2013	$	230,160	$	-	$	105,044	$	-	$	335,204
Vice President and Chief Technical Officer	2012	$	227,257	$	-	$	114,826	$	-	$	342,083

(1)

All option awards were granted under the 1999 Stock Award Plan (the “1999 Plan”).

(2)

The amounts reflect the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 and thus may include amounts from awards granted prior to 2013. We have elected to use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates various assumptions including volatility, expected life, and interest rates. We are required to make various assumptions in the application of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and have determined that the best measure of expected volatility is based on the historical weekly volatility of our common stock. Historical volatility factors utilized in our Black-Scholes computations range from 78% to 144%. We have elected to estimate the expected life of an award based upon the SEC approved “simplified method” noted under the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110. The expected term used by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 5.9 years. The difference between the actual historical expected life and the simplified method was immaterial.  The interest rate used is the risk free interest rate and is based upon U.S. Treasury rates appropriate for the expected term. Interest rates used in the Company’s Black-Scholes calculations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 2.6%. Dividend yield is zero, as we do not expect to declare any dividends on our common shares in the foreseeable future. In addition to the key assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model, the estimated forfeiture rate at the time of valuation is a critical assumption. We have estimated an annualized forfeiture rate of 0% for corporate officers, 4.1% for members of the Board of Directors and 6.0% for all other employees. We review the expected forfeiture rate annually to determine if that percent is still reasonable based on historical experience.

(3) The amounts reflect the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 and thus may include amounts from awards granted prior to 2013 and 2012. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

-41-

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 The following table sets forth information regarding unexercised options, stock that has not vested and equity incentive awards held by each of the Named Executive Officers outstanding as of December 31, 2013:

	Option Awards				Stock Awards
Name	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options: Exercisable (#)	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options: Unexercisable (#)	Option Exercise Price ($)		Option Expiration Date	Number of Shares That Have Not Vested (#)	Market Value of Shares That Have Not Vested ($)
S. James Miller, Jr.	100,000	-	$	0.20	1/27/2019	-	$	-
	183,000	-	$	0.73	1/29/2020	-	$	-
	206,250	18,750	$	1.11	3/10/2021	-	$	-
	262,500	187,500	$	0.92	2/2/2022	-	$	-
	-	100,000	$	0.93	2/8/2023	-	$	-
	-	100,000	$	1.93	10/29/2023	-	$	-
Wayne G. Wetherell	60,000	-	$	0.20	1/27/2019	-	$	-
	60,000	-	$	0.73	1/29/2020	-	$	-
	58,375	41,625	$	0.92	2/2/2022	-	$	-
	-	10,000	$	1.93		-	$	-
David Harding	50,000	-	$	0.20	1/27/2019	-	$	-
	80,000	-	$	0.73	1/29/2020	-	$	-
	189,585	135,414	$	0.92	2/2/2022	-	$	-
	-	100,000	$	0.93	2/8/2023	-	$	-
	-	75,000	$	1.93	10/29/2023	-	$	-

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

 S. James Miller, Jr.On October 1, 2005, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Miller pursuant to which Mr. Miller serves as President and Chief Executive Officer, which agreement is currently set to expire on December 31, 2014. Historically, Mr. Miller’s employment agreement has been amended annually to extend the expiration date. The current agreement provides for annual base compensation in the amount of $291,048, which amount will be increased based on cost-of-living increases. Under this agreement, we will reimburse Mr. Miller for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with our business. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Miller will be entitled to the following severance benefits if we terminate his employment without cause or in the event of an involuntary termination: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to twenty-four months base salary; (ii) continuation of Mr. Miller’s fringe benefits and medical insurance for a period of three years; and (iii) immediate vesting of 50% of Mr. Miller’s outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards. In the event that Mr. Miller’s employment is terminated within six months prior to or thirteen months following a change of control (defined below), Mr. Miller is entitled to the severance benefits described above, except that 100% of Mr. Miller’s outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards will immediately vest.

 Wayne Wetherell.On October 1, 2005, we entered into an amended employment agreement with Mr. Wetherell pursuant to which Mr. Wetherell will serve as our Chief Financial Officer. This agreement was originally for a three-year term ending September 30, 2008; however, the agreement was amended to extend the expiration date to December 31, 2012.  Upon termination, the agreement was replaced with an employment agreement, dated January 1, 2013, pursuant to which Mr. Wetherell will serve as our Chief Financial Officer through December 31, 2014, as amended, for a semi-monthly base salary of $8,639.

 David Harding. On May 21, 2007, we entered into a Change of Control and Severance Benefits Agreement with Mr. David Harding, our Vice President and Chief Technical Officer. This agreement was originally for a two-year term, ending on May 21, 2009; however, the agreement was amended to extend the expiration date to December 31, 2012. Upon termination, the agreement was replaced with an employment agreement, dated January 1, 2013, pursuant to which Mr. Harding will serve as our Vice President and Chief Technical Officer through December 31, 2014, as amended, for a semi-monthly base salary of $9,375.

-42-

 Chuck AuBuchon.On January 1, 2013, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. AuBuchon, pursuant to which Mr. AuBuchon will serve as our Vice President – Business Development through December 31, 2014, as amended, for a semi-monthly base salary of $6,875.

 Under the terms of Messrs. Wetherell’s, Harding’s and AuBuchon’s employment agreements, originally dated dated January 1, 2013, we will reimburse them for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with our business.  In addition, Messrs. Wetherell, Harding and AuBuchon will be entitled to the following severance benefits if we terminate their employment without cause or in the event of an involuntary termination: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to six months of base salary; (ii) continuation of their fringe benefits and medical insurance for a period of six months; (iii) immediate vesting of 50% of their outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards. In the event that their employment is terminated within six months prior to or thirteen months following a change of control (defined below), they are entitled to the severance benefits described above, except that 100% of their outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards will immediately vest.

 For purposes of the above-referenced agreements, termination for “cause” generally means the executive’s commission of an act of fraud or similar conduct which is intended to result in substantial personal enrichment of the executive, conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony, gross negligence or breach of fiduciary duty that results in material injury to us, material breach of the executive’s proprietary information agreement that is materially injurious to us, willful and material failure to perform his duties as an officer or employee of ours or material breach of his employment agreement and the failure to cure such breach in a specified period of time or a violation of a material policy of ours that is materially injurious to us. A “change in control” as used in these agreements generally means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the acquisition by any person or group of 50% or more of our outstanding voting stock, (ii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or similar transaction other than a transaction: (1) in which substantially all of the holders of our voting stock hold or receive directly or indirectly 50% or more of the voting stock of the resulting entity or a parent company thereof, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to the transaction; or (2) in which the holders of our capital stock immediately before such transaction will, immediately after such transaction, hold as a group on a fully diluted basis the ability to elect at least a majority of the directors of the surviving corporation (or a parent company); (iii)  there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of us and our Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of us and our Subsidiaries to an entity, 50% or more of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by our stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license, or other disposition; or (iv)  individuals who, on the date the applicable agreement was adopted by the Board, are Directors (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Directors; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Director was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of the applicable agreement, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 Each of our non-employee directors receives a monthly retainer of $3,000 for serving on the Board of Directors. The monthly retainer was temporarily discontinued by the Board for the period of time from November 1, 2013 through December 31, 2014.  Board members who also serve on the Audit Committee receive additional monthly compensation of $458 for the Chairman and $208 for the remaining members of the Audit Committee.   Board members who also serve on the Compensation Committee receive additional monthly compensation of $417 for the Chairman and $208 for the remaining members of the Compensation Committee.  The members of the Board of Directors are also eligible for reimbursement for their expenses incurred in attending Board meetings in accordance with our policies. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 the total amounts paid to non-employee directors as compensation (excluding reimbursable expenses) was approximately $205,792.

 Each of our non-employee directors is also eligible to receive stock option grants under the 1999 Plan. Options granted under the 1999 Plan are intended by us not to qualify as incentive stock options under the Code.

 The term of options granted under the 1999 Plan is ten years. In the event of a merger of us with or into another corporation or a consolidation, acquisition of assets or other change-in-control transaction involving us, an equivalent option will be substituted by the successor corporation, provided, however, that we may cancel outstanding options upon consummation of the transaction by giving at least thirty (30) days notice.

-43-

 The following table sets forth the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to each person who served as a director during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, other than a director who also served as an executive officer.

	Year	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)		Stock Awards ($)			Option Awards ($) (9)		All Other Compensation ($)		Total ($)
John Callan(1)	2013	$	3,417	$	-		$	3,529	$	-	$	6,946
	2012	$	41,000	$	-	(2)	$	5,540	$	-	$	46,540
Guy Steve Hamm	2013	$	35,500	$	6,624	(10)	$	6,131	$	-	$	48,255
	2012	$	41,500	$	-	(3)	$	5,540	$	-	$	47,040
David Carey	2013	$	37,292	$	6,624	(10)	$	6,131	$	-	$	50,047
	2012	$	40,792	$	-	(4)	$	5,540	$	-	$	46,332
David Loesch	2013	$	32,500	$	6,624	(10)	$	6,131	$	-	$	45,255
	2012	$	38,500	$	-	(5)	$	5,540	$	-	$	44,040
John Cronin(6)	2013	$	32,500	$	6,624	(10)	$	14,494	$	-	$	53,618
	2012	$	33,743	$	-		$	11,891	$	-	$	45,634
Neal Goldman(7)	2013	$	34,583	$	6,624	(10)	$	2,602	$	-	$	43,809
	2012	$	16,422	$	-		$	-	$	-	$	16,422
Charles Crocker(8)	2013	$	30,000	$	6,624	(10)	$	7,672	$	-	$	44,296
	2012	$	11,500	$	-		$	5,906	$	-	$	17,406

(1)	Mr. Callan resigned from the Company’s Board of Directors on January 29, 2013.
(2)	Represents the quarterly vesting of 25,521 restricted shares granted on January 11, 2010.  In January 2010, the Compensation Committee approved a proposal that certain members of management and board members holding stock options be offered restricted stock awards in exchange for the cancellation of the stock options they held with strike prices of $1.45 or more.  The restricted stock awards were offered on a 3 for 5 basis (for each 5 stock options surrendered, 3 shares of restricted stock are granted).  The shares of restricted stock vest over three years on a quarterly basis with the participant to receive 1/12 of the shares on each three-month anniversary of the date of grant.  As the fair value of the stock options exchanged exceeded the fair value of the restricted shares issued, no incremental compensation expense is incurred for the restricted shares.
(3)	Represents the quarterly vesting of 16,200 restricted shares granted on January 11, 2010.  The restricted shares vested quarterly over three years ending January 11, 2013. In January 2010, the Compensation Committee approved a proposal that certain members of management and board members holding stock options be offered restricted stock awards in exchange for the cancellation of the stock options they held with strike prices of $1.45 or more.  The restricted stock awards were offered on a 3 for 5 basis (for each 5 stock options surrendered, 3 shares of restricted stock are granted).  The shares of restricted stock vest over three years on a quarterly basis with the participant to receive 1/12 of the shares on each three-month anniversary of the date of grant.  As the fair value of the stock options exchanged exceeded the fair value of the restricted shares issued, no incremental compensation expense is incurred for the restricted shares.

(4)	Represents the quarterly vesting of 12,000 restricted shares granted on January 11, 2010.  The restricted shares vested quarterly over three years ending January 11, 2013. In January 2010, the Compensation Committee approved a proposal that certain members of management and board members holding stock options be offered restricted stock awards in exchange for the cancellation of the stock options they held with strike prices of $1.45 or more.  The restricted stock awards were offered on a 3 for 5 basis (for each 5 stock options surrendered, 3 shares of restricted stock are granted).  The shares of restricted stock vest over three years on a quarterly basis with the participant to receive 1/12 of the shares on each three-month anniversary of the date of grant.  As the fair value of the stock options exchanged exceeded the fair value of the restricted shares issued, no incremental compensation expense is incurred for the restricted shares.
(5)	Represents the quarterly vesting of 28,200 restricted shares granted on January 11, 2010.  The restricted shares vested quarterly over three years ending January 11, 2013. In January 2010, the Compensation Committee approved a proposal that certain members of management and board members holding stock options be offered restricted stock awards in exchange for the cancellation of the stock options they held with strike prices of $1.45 or more.  The restricted stock awards were offered on a 3 for 5 basis (for each 5 stock options surrendered, 3 shares of restricted stock are granted).  The shares of restricted stock vest over three years on a quarterly basis with the participant to receive 1/12 of the shares on each three-month anniversary of the date of grant.  As the fair value of the stock options exchanged exceeded the fair value of the restricted shares issued, no incremental compensation expense is incurred for the restricted shares.
(6)	Mr. Cronin joined the Board of Directors in February 2012.
(7)	Mr. Goldman joined the Board in August 2012.
(8)	Mr. Crocker joined the Board in September 2012.
(9)	The amounts reflect the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 and thus may include amounts from awards granted prior to 2013 and 2012. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(10) Represents the monthly vesting of 24,000 restricted shares granted on October 29, 2013.  The restricted shares vest monthly over fourteen months ending December 31, 2014.

-44-

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDERS MATTERS

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the ownership of our common stock as of March 1, 2014, by (i) each person who is known by us to own of record or beneficially more than 5% of our common stock, (ii) each of our directors and officers. Unless otherwise indicated, the stockholders listed in the table have sole voting and investment powers with respect to the shares of common stock. Shareholdings include shares held by family members. Unless otherwise noted, the addresses of the individuals listed below are 10815 Rancho Bernardo Road, Suite 310, San Diego, California 92127.

Name and Address	Number of Shares (1)	Percent of Class (2)
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
S. James Miller, Jr. (3)	1,685,926			1.9%
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
David Carey (4)	91,836			*
Director
G. Steve Hamm (5)	106,922			*
Director
David Loesch (6)	142,515			*
Director
Neal I. Goldman (7)	33,407,133		37.3	%
Director
John Cronin (8)	60,672			*
Director
Charles Crocker (9)	252,340			*
Director
Wayne Wetherell (10)	497,900			*
SVP of Administration, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary
Charles AuBuchon (11)	591,366			*
VP of Business Development
David Harding (12)	485,068			*
Chief Technical Officer
Total beneficial ownership of directors and officers as a group (9 persons):	37,321,678		41.0	%
5% Stockholders:
Bruce Toll (13)(14)	7,804,978		8.7	%
Traditional Investment Fund, LTD (15)(16)(17)	6,000,000		6.7	%
Revelation Capital Management Ltd. (18)(19)(20)	4,663,870		5.2	%

(1) All entries exclude beneficial ownership of shares issuable pursuant to options that have not vested or that are not otherwise exercisable as of the date hereof or which will not become vested or exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2014.

(2)	Percentages are rounded to nearest one-tenth of one percent. Percentages are based on 89,344,613 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 1, 2014. Options that are presently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2014 are deemed to be beneficially owned by the stockholder holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that stockholder, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of any other stockholder.
(3)	Includes 75,201 shares held jointly with spouse, and 61,364  shares issuable upon exercise of warrants, 841,400 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, and 70,109 shares issuable upon conversion of promissory notes, each exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2014.
(4)	Includes 25,836 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2014.
(5)	Includes 28,336 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2014.
(6)	Includes 13,636 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants, 25,836 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, and 24,713 shares issuable upon conversion of promissory notes, each exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2014.
(7)	Includes 2,002,526 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 3,336 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, each exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2014.   Mr. Goldman exercises sole voting and dispositive power over 24,386,113 shares, and shared voting and dispositive power over 9,030,000 reported shares, of which 6,000,000 shares are owed by Goldman Partners, LP, 3,000,000 shares are owned by the Goldman Family 2012 GST Trust and 30,000 shares are owed by The Neal and Marlene Goldman Foundation.
(8)	Includes 36,672 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2014.
(9)	Includes 28,340 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2014.
(10)	Includes 186,700 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2014.
(11)	Includes 61,364 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants, 238,372 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, and 59,921  shares issuable upon conversion of promissory notes, each exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2014.
(12)	Includes 380,068 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2014.
(13)	Address for this beneficial owner is 754 S. County Rd., Palm Beach, Florida 33480.
(14)	Based on ownership information from the Schedule 13D/A filed by Bruce Toll on July 25, 2013, and Company records. This figure includes 3,200,172 shares held by BET Funding LLC, of which Mr. Toll is the majority owner.
(15)	Address for this beneficial owner is 795 Ridge Lake Blvd., Suite 106, Memphis Tennessee 38120.
(16)	Based on ownership information from the Schedule 13G filed by Traditional Investment Fund, LTD (“Traditional Investment”) on February 6, 2013. Mr. Thomas Wallace, manager of Traditional Investment, has shared voting and dispositive power of these shares.
(17)	Blank
(18)	Address for this beneficial owner is Canon's Court, 22 Victoria Street, Hamilton D0 HM 11.
(19)	Based on ownership information from the Schedule 13G/A filed by Revelation Special Situations Fund Ltd. (“Revelation Fund”) on April 23, 2013. Mr. Chris Kuchanny, Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of Revelation Capital Management Ltd. (“Revelation”) has shared voting and dispositive power of these shares.
(20)	Includes 265,280 shares issuable within 60 days of March 1, 2014 upon exercise of warrants.
* less than 1%

-45-

 The following table sets forth additional information as of December 31, 2013, with respect to the shares of common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options and other rights under our existing equity compensation plans and arrangements. The information includes the number of shares covered by and the weighted average exercise price of, outstanding options and other rights and the number of shares remaining available for future grants, excluding the shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and other rights.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Plan category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Weighted- average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)
	(a)		(b)		(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:
1999 Stock Award Plan amended and restated as of October 5, 2011		3,759,911	$	0.93		24,434
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders:
2001 Equity Incentive Plan		23,500	$	2.50		—
Total		3,783,411	$	0.94		24,434

DESCRIPTION OF EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS

1999 Stock Option Plan

 The 1999 Stock Option Plan (the “1999 Plan”) was adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors on December 17, 1999. Under the terms of the 1999 Plan, the Company could, originally, issue up to 350,000 non-qualified or incentive stock options to purchase common stock of the Company. A majority of the Company’s shareholders subsequently approved an amendment to and restatement of the 1999 Plan to increase the share reserve for issuance by approximately 4.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock.  The 1999 Plan prohibits the grant of stock option or stock appreciation right awards with an exercise price less than fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. The 1999 Plan also generally prohibits the “re-pricing” of stock options or stock appreciation rights, although awards may be bought-out for a payment in cash or the Company’s stock. The 1999 Plan permits the grant of stock based awards other than stock options, including the grant of “full value” awards such as restricted stock, stock units and performance shares. The 1999 Plan permits the qualification of awards under the plan (payable in either stock or cash) as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

2001 Equity Incentive Plan.

 On September 12, 2001, our Board of Directors adopted the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2001 Plan”). Under the terms of the 2001 Plan, we may issue stock awards to our employees, directors and consultants, and such stock awards may be given as non-statutory stock options (options not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code), stock bonuses, and rights to acquire restricted stock. The number of options issued and outstanding and the number of options remaining available for future issuance are shown in the table above.

 The 2001 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors or a Committee of the Board as provided in the 2001 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under the 2001 Plan shall not be less than 85% of the market value of our common stock on the date of the grant, and, in some cases, may not be less than 110% of such fair market value. The term of options granted under the 2001 Plan as well as their vesting is determined by the Board and to date, options have been granted with a ten-year term and vesting over a three-year period. While the Board may suspend or terminate the 2001 Plan at any time, if not terminated earlier, it will terminate on the day before its tenth anniversary of the date of adoption. The Board has determined not to issue any future awards under the 2001 Plan.

-46-

ITEM 13.          CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 On November 14, 2008 the Company entered into a series of convertible promissory notes (the “Related-Party Convertible Notes”), aggregating $110,000 with certain officers and members of the Company’s Board of Directors, including S. James Miller, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, and Charles AuBuchon. The Related-Party Convertible Notes bear interest at 7.0% per annum and were originally due February 14, 2009.  In conjunction with the original issuance of the Related-Party Convertible Notes in 2008, the Company issued an aggregate of 149,996 warrants to the note holders to purchase shares of common stock of the Company. The warrants have an exercise price $0.50 per share and may be exercised at any time from November 14, 2008 until November 14, 2013. No warrants to purchase  shares of common stock were outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2013, and all warrants were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012.

 The Company did not repay the Related-Party Convertible Notes on the due date. In August 2009, the Company received from the Related-Party Convertible Note holders a waiver of default and extension to January 31, 2010 of the maturity date of the Related-Party Convertible Notes. As consideration for the waiver and note extension, the company issued to the Related-Party Convertible Note holders an aggregate of 150,000 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrants have an exercise price of $0.50 per share and expire on August 25, 2014, of which warrants to purchase 136,364 shares of common stock were outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2013.

 On January 21, 2013, the holders of the Related-Party Convertible Notes agreed to extend the due date on their respective convertible notes to be due and payable not later than June 30, 2014, however, the Related-Party Convertible Notes will be callable at any time, at the option of the note holder, prior to June 30, 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company repaid $0 in principal to certain holders of the Related-Party Convertible Notes, and holders of Related-Party Convertible Notes in the principal amount of $10,000 elected to convert their respective Related-Party Convertible Notes into 18,182 shares of common stock.  

 During the year ended December 31, 2012 the Company entered into a series of professional service contracts with an entity that John Cronin, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, has an ownership interest in. The aggregate contract value was $370,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012and the Company paid the professional services firm approximately $0 and $188,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 In March 2013, the Company entered into a new unsecured line of credit agreement with initial available borrowing of up to $2.5 million. The credit line was extended by an existing shareholder and member of our Board of Directors. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest of 8% per annum and are due in March 2015. Before entering into the Amendment (defined below), at any time prior to the Maturity Date, the holder had the right to convert the outstanding balance owed into shares of the Company’s common stock by dividing the outstanding balance by $0.95.

 As additional consideration for the unsecured line of credit agreement, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 1,052,632 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant has a term of two years from the date of issuance and an exercise price of $0.95 per share.

 In March 2014, the holder of the line of credit agreed to increase the borrowing facility to an aggregate total of $3,500,000 (the "Amendment"). Borrowings under the increased credit facility will bear interest at the same rate and are also due in March 2015. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Amendment, the Holder has the right to convert up to $2.5 million of the outstanding balance into shares of the Company's common stock for $0.95 per share. Any remaining outstanding balance will be convertible into shares of the Company's common stock for $2.25 per share. As consideration for the increase to the line of credit borrowing facility, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 177,778 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant expires on March 27, 2015 and has an exercise price of $2.25 per share.

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

 As provided in the charter of our Audit Committee, it is our policy that we will not enter into any transactions required to be disclosed under Item 404 of the SEC’s Regulation S-K unless the Audit Committee or another independent body of our Board of Directors first reviews and approves the transactions. 

-47-

 In addition, pursuant to our Code of Ethical Conduct and Business Practices, all employees, officers and directors of ours and our subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in any relationship or financial interest that is an actual or potential conflict of interest with us without approval. Employees, officers and directors are required to provide written disclosure to the Chief Executive Officer as soon as they have any knowledge of a transaction or proposed transaction with an outside individual, business or other organization that would create a conflict of interest or the appearance of one.

Director Independence

 Our Board of Directors has determined that all of its members, other than Mr. Miller, who serves as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Goldman, who beneficially owns approximately 36% of the Company’s common stock, and Mr. Cronin, who is affiliated with a company that is a party to a series of professional service contracts with the Company, which was paid approximately $0 and $188,000 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are “independent” within the meaning of the NASDAQ and SEC rules regarding independence. 

ITEM 14.          PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 The following table represents aggregate fees billed to the Company for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 by Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C. ("MHM"), the Company's independent registered public accounting firm.  MHM leases substantially all its personnel, who work under the control of MHM shareholders, from wholly-owned subsidiaries of CBIZ, Inc., in an alternative practice structure.

	Fiscal Year Ended
	2013		2012
Audit fees	$	211,000	$	161,424
Audit-related fees	$	-	$	-
Tax fees	$	-	$	-
All other fees	$	-	$	-
Total Fees	$	211,000	$	161,424

 The Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors approved all fees described above.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures.

 The Audit Committee has adopted a policy and procedures for the pre-approval of audit and non-audit services rendered by our independent auditor, currently Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C. The policy generally pre-approves specified services in the defined categories of audit services, audit-related services, and tax services up to specified amounts. Pre-approval may also be given as part of the Audit Committee’s approval of the scope of the engagement of the independent auditor or on an individual explicit case-by-case basis before the independent auditor is engaged to provide each service. The pre-approval of services may be delegated to one or more of the Audit Committee’s members, but the decision must be reported to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

-48-

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this annual report:

Exhibit No.	Description
2.1	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 27, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed November 15, 2005).
3.1	Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Annex B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed November 15, 2005).
3.2	Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 14, 2011).
3.3	Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Annex C to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed November 15, 2005).
3.4	Certificate of Designations of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series C 8% Convertible Preferred Stock dated November 2, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 20, 2006).
3.5	Certificate of Designations of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series C 8% Convertible Preferred Stock dated November 2, 2006, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 20, 2006).
3.6	Certificate of Designations of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series C 8% Convertible Preferred Stock, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 14, 2011).
3.7	Certificate of Designations of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series D 8% Convertible Preferred Stock dated March 8, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 15, 2007).
3.8	Certificate of Designations of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series D 8% Convertible Preferred Stock, as amended, dated February 10, 2009, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.8 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 10-K, filed January 17, 2012).
3.9	Certificate of Designations of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series D 8% Convertible Preferred Stock, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 14, 2011).
4.1	Warrant to Purchase Common Stock in favor of Imperial Bank, dated January 15, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (No. 333-93131), filed December 20, 1999, as amended).
4.2	Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 9, 2007, by and between the Company and certain accredited investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 15, 2007).
4.3	Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 25, 2007, by and between the Company and certain accredited investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 26, 2007).
4.4	Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated September 25, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 26, 2007).
4.5	Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated September 5, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2010).
4.6	Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated November 14, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2010).
4.7	Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 12, 2009, between the Company and BET Funding, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2010).
4.8	Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated February 12, 2009, issued by the Company to BET Funding, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2010).
4.9	Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated June 22 2009, issued by the Company to BET Funding, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2010).
4.10	Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated October 5, 2009, issued by the Company to BET Funding, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2010).
4.11	Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated December 12, 2011(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2011).
4.12	Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 12, 2011, by and between the Company and certain accredited investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 21, 2011).
4.13	Form of Amendment to Warrant, dated December 14, 2011, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 10-K, filed January 17, 2012).
4.14	Form of Amendment to Warrant, dated March 21, 2012, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed April 4, 2012).
4.15	Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated March 28, 2013 issued by the Company to Neal Goldman, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on April 1, 2013).
4.16	Warrant, dated March 12, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 13, 2014).
10.1	Employment Agreement, dated September 27, 2005, between the Company and S. James Miller (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 30, 2005).
10.2	Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by the Company with its directors and executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (No. 333-93131), filed December 20, 1999, as amended).
10.3	Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Plan Award (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed November 21, 2007).
10.4	Form of Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 14, 2005).
10.5	2001 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB, filed November 14, 2001).
10.6	Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 25, 2007, by and between the Company and certain accredited investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 26, 2007).
10.7	Office Space Lease between I.W. Systems Canada Company and GE Canada Real Estate Equity dated July 25, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2010).
10.8	Form of Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 29, 2008 by and between the Company and certain accredited investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2010).
10.9	Change of Control and Severance Benefits Agreement, dated September 27, 2008, between Company and Charles Aubuchon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2010).
10.10	Change of Control and Severance Benefits Agreement, dated September 27, 2008, between Company and David Harding (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2010).
10.11	First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated September 27, 2008, between the Company and S. James Miller (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2010).
10.12	Form of Convertible Note dated November 14, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2010).
10.13	Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated April 6, 2009, between the Company and S. James Miller (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2010).
10.14	Office Space Lease between the Company and Allen W. Wooddell, dated July 25, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2010).
10.15	Third Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated December 10, 2009, between the Company and S. James Miller (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.60 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2010).
10.16	Securities Purchase Agreement, dated December 12, 2011, by and between the Company and certain accredited investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 21, 2011).
10.17	Note Exchange Agreement, dated December 12, 2011, by and between the Company and certain accredited investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 21, 2011).
10.18	Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated March 10, 2011, between the Company and S. James Miller, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed January 17, 2012).
10.19	Fifth Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated January 31, 2012, between the Company and S. James Miller, Jr., (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed April 4, 2012.
10.20	Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2013, between the Company and Wayne Wetherell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 7, 2013).
10.21	Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2013, between the Company and Charles AuBuchon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 7, 2013).
10.22	Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2013, between the Company and David Harding (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 7, 2013).
10.23	Convertible Promissory Note dated March 27, 2013 issued by the Company to Neal Goldman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed April 1, 2013).
10.24	Amendment to Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 12, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 13, 2014).
21.1	List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by referenced to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2010).
23.1	Consent of Independent valuation firm.
23.2	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1	Certification of CEO as Required by Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14, filed herewith
31.2	Certification of CFO as Required by Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14, filed herewith.
32.1	Certification of CEO as Required by Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(b) (17 CFR 240.15d-14(b)) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, filed herewith.
32.2	Certification of CFO as Required by Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(b) (17 CFR 240.15d-14(b)) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, filed herewith.
101.INS*	XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*	XBRL Taxonomy Extention Schema
101.CAL*	XBRL Taxonomy Extention Calculation Linkbase
101.DEF*	XBRL Taxonomy Extention Definition Linkbase
101.LAB*	XBRL Taxonomy Extention Label Linkbase
101.PRE*	XBRL Taxonomy Extention Presentation Linkbase

-49-

SIGNATURES

 In accordance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, there unto duly authorized.

Registrant Date: March 17, 2014	ImageWare Systems, Inc. /s/ S. James Miller, Jr.
	S. James Miller, Jr.
	Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), President

Date: March 17, 2014	/s/ Wayne Wetherell
	Wayne Wetherell
	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

        In accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date: March 17, 2014	/s/ S. James Miller, Jr.
	S. James Miller, Jr.
	Chairman of the Board

Date: March 17, 2014	/s/ David Loesch
	David Loesch
	Director

Date: March 17, 2014	/s/ Steve Hamm
	Steve Hamm
	Director
	/s/ David Carey
Date: March 17, 2014	David Carey
	Director
	/s/ John Cronin
Date: March 17, 2014	John Cronin
	Director
	/s/ Neal Goldman
Date: March 17, 2014	John Cronin
	Director
	/s/ Charles Crocker
Date: March 17, 2014	John Cronin
	Director

-50-

IMAGEWARE SYSTEMS, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page Number
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012	F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012	F-9
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-10

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Imageware Systems, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Imageware Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Imageware Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Imageware Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (COSO), and our report dated March 17, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

San Diego, California

March 17, 2014

F-2

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Imageware Systems, Inc.

We have audited Imageware Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (COSO).  Imageware Systems, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Imageware Systems, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders' equity, and cash flows of Imageware Systems, Inc. for the years then ended, and our report dated March 17, 2014, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

San Diego, California

March 17, 2014

F-3

IMAGEWARE SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	2,363		$	4,225
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012		302			328
Inventory, net		505			262
Other current assets		148			86
Total Current Assets		3,318			4,901
Property and equipment, net		245			150
Other assets		395			44
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization		172			200
Goodwill		3,416			3,416
Total Assets	$	7,546		$	8,711
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	486		$	759
Deferred revenue		1,662			1,561
Accrued expenses		924			1,266
Derivative liabilities		57			—
Notes payable to related parties		55			65
Total Current Liabilities		3,184			3,651
Derivative liabilities		—			2,244
Pension obligation		1,031			401
Other long-term liabilities		—			72
Total Liabilities		4,215			6,368
Shareholders’ Equity:
Preferred stock, authorized 4,000,000 shares:
Series B Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value; designated 750,000 shares, 389,400 shares issued, and 239,400 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively; liquidation preference $607 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.		2			2
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized; 87,555,317 and 76,646,553 shares issued at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and 87,548,613 and 76,639,849 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.		874			765
Additional paid-in capital		131,652			120,182
Treasury stock, at cost 6,704 shares		(64	)		(64	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(830	)		(139	)
Accumulated deficit		(128,303	)		(118,403	)
Total Shareholders’ Equity		3,331			2,343
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity	$	7,546		$	8,711

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

IMAGEWARE SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	Year Ended December 31, 2013			Year Ended December 31, 2012
Revenues:
Product	$	2,686		$	1,145
Maintenance		2,618			2,806
		5,304			3,951
Cost of revenues:
Product		319			227
Maintenance		771			975
Gross profit		4,214			2,749
Operating expenses:
General and administrative		3,378			3,430
Sales and marketing		2,129			1,830
Research and development		3,869			3,180
Depreciation and amortization		125			69
		9,501			8,509
Loss from operations		(5,287	)		(5,760	)
Interest expense		221			18
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities		4,776			4,712
Other income, net		(443	)		(322	)
Loss before income taxes		(9,841	)		(10,168	)
Income tax expense		8			22
Net loss	$	(9,849	)	$	(10,190	)
Preferred dividends		(51	)		(51	)
Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(9,900	)	$	(10,241	)
Basic and diluted loss per common share — see Note 2:
Net loss	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.14	)
Preferred dividends		(—	)		(—	)
Basic and diluted loss per share available to common shareholders	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.14	)
Basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding		81,231,962			70,894,916

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

IMAGEWARE SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,			Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Net loss	$	(9,849	)	$	(10,190	)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Additional minimum pension liability		(622	)		1
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(69	)		(75	)
Comprehensive loss	$	(10,540	)	$	(10,264	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

IMAGEWARE SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND DECEMBER 31, 2012

(In thousands, except share amounts)

	Series B Convertible, Redeemable Preferred				Common Stock				Treasury Stock						Additional Paid-In Capital		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Accumulated Deficit			Total
	Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount		Shares			Amount
Balance at December 31, 2011		239,400	$	2		67,995,620	$	679		(6,704	)	$	(64	)	$	101,720	$	(65	)	$	(107,984	)	$	(5,712	)
Issuance of common stock pursuant to warrant exercises		-		-		7,052,647		70		-			-			3,457		-			-			3,527
Issuance of common stock pursuant to cashless warrant exercises		-		-		1,573,362		16		-			-			688		-			-			704
Issuance of common stock pursuant to option exercises		-		-		24,924		-		-			-			7		-			-			7
Warrants issued to consultants as compensation		-		-		-		-		-			-			27		-			-			27
Warrants issued as consideration for asset purchase		-		-		-		-		-			-			87		-			-			87
Reclassification of warrants previously classified as derivative liabilities		-		-		-		-		-			-			13,588		-			-			13,588
Stock-based compensation expense		-		-		-		-		-			-			608		-			-			608
Additional minimum pension liability		-		-		-		-		-			-			-		1			-			1
Foreign currency translation adjustment		-		-		-		-		-			-			-		(75	)		-			(75	)
Dividends on preferred stock		-		-		-		-		-			-			-		-			(229	)		(229	)
Net loss		-		-		-		-		-			-			-		-			(10,190	)		(10,190	)
Balance at December 31, 2012		239,400	$	2		76,646,553	$	765		(6,704	)	$	(64	)	$	120,182	$	(139	)	$	(118,403	)	$	2,343

F-7

 IMAGEWARE SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND DECEMBER 31, 2012

(In thousands, except share amounts)

(continued)

	Series B Convertible, Redeemable Preferred				Common Stock				Treasury Stock						Additional Paid-In Capital		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Accumulated Deficit			Total
	Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount		Shares			Amount
Balance at December 31, 2012		239,400	$	2		76,646,553	$	765		(6,704	)	$	(64	)	$	120,182	$	(139	)	$	(118,403	)	$	2,343
Issuance of common stock pursuant to warrant exercises		-		-		6,132,779		61		-			-			3,230		-			-			3,291
Settlement of derivitive liabilities pursuant to warrants exercised for cash		-		-		-		-		-			-			279		-			-			279
Issuance of common stock pursuant to cashless warrant exercises		-		-		4,458,493		45		-			-			6,453		-			-			6,498
Warrants issued to secure line of credit borrowing facility		-		-		-		-		-			-			580		-			-			580
Issuance of common stock pursuant to option exercises		-		-		35,310		-		-			-			11		-			-			11
Stock issued to consultants as compensation		-		-		264,000		3		-			-			38		-			-			41
Warrants issued in lieu of cash as compensation		-		-		-		-		-			-			108		-			-			108
Conversion of related party notes payable to common stock		-		-		18,182		-		-			-			10		-			-			10
Reclassification of warrants previously classified as derivative liabilities		-		-		-		-		-			-			186		-			-			186
Stock-based compensation expense		-		-		-		-		-			-			575		-			-			575
Additional minimum pension liability		-		-		-		-		-			-			-		(622	)		-			(622	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment		-		-		-		-		-			-			-		(69	)		-			(69	)
Dividends on preferred stock		-		-		-		-		-			-			-		-			(51	)		(51	)
Net loss		-		-		-		-		-			-			-		-			(9,849	)		(9,849	)
Balance at December 31, 2013		239,400	$	2		87,555,317	$	874		(6,704	)	$	(64	)	$	131,652	$	(830	)	$	(128,303	)	$	3,331

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8

IMAGEWARE SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities	Year Ended December 31, 2013			Year Ended December 31, 2012
Net loss	$	(9,849	)	$	(10,190	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		125			69
Amortization of debt discounts and debt issuance costs		217			15
Stock-based compensation		616			608
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities		4,776			4,712
Reduction in accounts payable and accrued expenses from expiration of statute of limitations		(440	)		(336	)
Warrants issued in lieu of cash as compensation for services		108			27
Change in assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable		26			20
Inventory		(243	)		(217	)
Other assets		(50	)		(20	)
Accounts payable		(130	)		(8	)
Accrued expenses		(116	)		(737	)
Deferred revenue		102			494
Pension obligation		7			10
Total adjustments		4,998			4,637
Net cash used by operating activities		(4,851	)		(5,553	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property and equipment		(193	)		(181	)
Net cash used by investing activities		(193	)		(181	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Repayment of notes payable		—			(45	)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		11			7
Dividends paid		(51	)		(229	)
Proceeds from exercised warrants to purchase stock		3,291			3,527
Net cash provided by financing activities		3,251			3,260
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(69	)		(74	)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents		(1,862	)		(2,548	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		4,225			6,773
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	2,363		$	4,225

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	$	—		$	—
Cash paid for income taxes	$	1		$	—
Summary of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Conversion of related party notes payable into common stock	$	10		$	—
Warrants issued for intangible asset purchase	$	—		$	87
Contingent royalty payment	$	—		$	72
Acquisition of intangible assets with warrants	$	—		$	(159	)
Issuance of common stock pursuant to cashless warrant exercises	$	45		$	704
Additional minimum pension liability	$	(622	)	$	—
Reclassification of warrants previously classified as derivative liabilities to additional paid-in capital	$	6,684		$	13,588
Issuance of common warrants securing line of credit borrowing facility	$	580		$	—
Issuance of restricted stock pursuant to achievement of vesting conditions	$	1		$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-9

IMAGEWARE SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS

 Overview

 ImageWare Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) is incorporated in the state of Delaware. The Company is a pioneer and leader in the emerging market for biometrically enabled software-based identity management solutions. Using those human characteristics that are unique to us all, the Company creates software that provides a highly reliable indication of a person’s identity. The Company’s “flagship” product is the patented IWS Biometric Engine®. The Company’s products are used to manage and issue secure credentials, including national IDs, passports, driver licenses and access control credentials. The Company’s products also provide law enforcement with integrated mug shot, fingerprint LiveScan and investigative capabilities. The Company also provides comprehensive authentication security software using biometrics to secure physical and logical access to facilities or computer networks or internet sites. Biometric technology is now an integral part of all markets the Company addresses and all of the products are integrated into the IWS Biometric Engine.

 Recent Developments

 Contracts

 In August 2013, the Company was awarded a $2.2 million contract by its largest customer, the U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs (the "VA"), to expand its personal identity verification ("PIV") credentialing capabilities across federal, state and local facilities. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company delivered software licenses during the third quarter of 2013 and recognized approximately $1.5 million in product revenue. Additionally, the Company will recognize maintenance related service revenues valued at approximately $692,000 from this customer ratably over the next year.

 Liquidity and Capital Resources

 For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 6,132,779 shares of its common stock and received net proceeds of approximately $3,291,000 from the exercise of warrants for cash.

 In March 2013, the Company entered into a new unsecured line of credit agreement with initial available borrowing of up to $2.5 million. The credit line was extended by an existing shareholder and member of our Board of Directors. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest of 8% per annum and are due in March 2015. Before entering into the Amendment (defined below), at any time prior to the Maturity Date, the holder had the right to convert the outstanding balance owed into shares of the Company’s common stock by dividing the outstanding balance by $0.95.

 Advances under the credit facility are made at the Company’s request. The line of credit shall terminate, and no further advances shall be made, upon the earlier of the Maturity Date or such date that the Company consummates a debt and/or equity financing resulting in net proceeds to the Company of at least $2,500,000. In the event of such financing, the outstanding balance under the terms of this note shall be due and payable upon demand.

 As additional consideration for the unsecured line of credit agreement, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 1,052,632 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant has a term of two years from the date of issuance and an exercise price of $0.95 per share.

F-10

 In March 2014, the holder of the line of credit agreed to increase the borrowing facility to an aggregate total of $3,500,000 (the "Amendment"). Borrowings under the increased credit facility will bear interest at the same rate and are also due in March 2015. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Amendment, the Holder has the right to convert up to $2.5 million of the outstanding balance into shares of the Company's common stock for $0.95 per share. Any remaining outstanding balance will be convertible into shares of the Company's common stock for $2.25 per share. As consideration for the increase to the line of credit borrowing facility, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 177,778 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant expires on March 27, 2015 and has an exercise price of $2.25 per share.

 Historically, our principal sources of cash have included customer payments from the sale of our products, proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock and proceeds from the issuance of debt. Our principal uses of cash have included cash used in operations, payments relating to purchases of property and equipment and repayments of borrowings. We expect that our principal uses of cash in the future will be for product development including customization of identity management products for enterprise and consumer applications, further development of intellectual property, development of Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) capabilities for existing products as well as general working capital and capital expenditure requirements. We expect that, as our revenues grow, our sales and marketing and research and development expenses will continue to grow, albeit at a slower rate and, as a result, we will need to generate significant net revenues to achieve and sustain income from operations.

 Management believes that the Company’s current cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months from the date of this filing and that we will have sufficient liquidity to fund our business and meet our contractual obligations over a period beyond the next 12 months.

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 Principles of Consolidation

 The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

 Operating Cycle

 Assets and liabilities related to long-term contracts are included in current assets and current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, although they will be liquidated in the normal course of contract completion which may take more than one operating cycle.

 Use of Estimates

 The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Significant estimates include the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, inventory carrying values, deferred tax asset valuation allowances, accounting for loss contingencies, recoverability of goodwill and acquired intangible assets and amortization periods, assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model to calculate the fair value of share based payments, assumptions used in the application of fair value methodologies to calculate the fair value of derivative liabilities, revenue and cost of revenues recognized under the percentage of completion method and assumptions used in the application of fair value methodologies to calculate the fair value of pension assets and obligations. Actual results could differ from estimates.

 Cash and Cash Equivalents

 The Company defines cash equivalents as highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than 90 days that are not held for sale in the ordinary course of business.

 Accounts Receivable

 In the normal course of business, the Company extends credit without collateral requirements to its customers that satisfy pre-defined credit criteria. Accounts receivable are recorded net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable are considered delinquent when the due date on the invoice has passed. The Company records its allowance for doubtful accounts based upon its assessment of various factors. The Company considers historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances, the credit quality of its customers, current economic conditions and other factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay to determine the level of allowance required.  Accounts receivable are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when all collection efforts by the Company have been unsuccessful.

F-11

 Inventories

 Finished goods inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined using the average cost method, or market.  See note 6.

 Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

 Property and equipment, consisting of furniture and equipment, are stated at cost and are being depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which generally range from three to five years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Major renewals or improvements are capitalized. When assets are sold or abandoned, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is recognized. Expenditures for leasehold improvements are capitalized. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements.

 Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 For certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, deferred revenues and notes payable to related parties, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

 Derivative Financial Instruments

 The Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow, market or foreign currency risks.

 The Company reviews the terms of the common and preferred stock, warrants and convertible debt it issues to determine whether there are embedded derivative instruments, including embedded conversion options, which are required to be bifurcated and accounted for separately as derivative financial instruments. In circumstances where the host instrument contains more than one embedded derivative instrument, including the conversion option, that is required to be bifurcated, the bifurcated derivative instruments are accounted for as a single, compound derivative instrument.

 Bifurcated embedded derivatives are initially recorded at fair value and are then revalued at each reporting date with changes in the fair value reported as non-operating income or expense. When the equity or convertible debt instruments contain embedded derivative instruments that are to be bifurcated and accounted for as liabilities, the total proceeds received are first allocated to the fair value of all the bifurcated derivative instruments. The remaining proceeds, if any, are then allocated to the host instruments themselves, usually resulting in those instruments being recorded at a discount from their face value.

 The discount from the face value of the convertible debt, together with the stated interest on the instrument, is amortized over the life of the instrument through periodic charges to interest expense, using the effective interest method.

 Revenue Recognition

 The Company recognizes revenue from the following major revenue sources:

● Long-term fixed-price contracts involving significant customization

● Fixed-price contracts involving minimal customization  

● Software licensing  

● Sales of computer hardware and identification media  

● Postcontract customer support (“PCS”)

 The Company’s revenue recognition policies are consistent with U.S. GAAP including the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 985-605, “Software Revenue Recognition”, ASC 605-35 “Revenue Recognition, Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts”, “Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin 104”, and ASC 605-25 “Revenue Recognition, Multiple Element Arrangements”. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

F-12

 The Company recognizes revenue and profit as work progresses on long-term, fixed-price contracts involving significant amount of hardware and software customization using the percentage of completion method based on costs incurred to date compared to total estimated costs at completion. The primary components of costs incurred are third party software and direct labor cost including fringe benefits. Revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed are classified as current assets under “Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts”. Amounts billed to customers in excess of revenues recognized are classified as current liabilities under “Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts”. Revenue from contracts for which the Company cannot reliably estimate total costs or there are not significant amounts of customization are recognized upon completion. The Company also generates non-recurring revenue from the licensing of its software. Software license revenue is recognized upon the execution of a license agreement, upon deliverance, when fees are fixed and determinable, when collectability is probable and when all other significant obligations have been fulfilled. The Company also generates revenue from the sale of computer hardware and identification media. Revenue for these items is recognized upon delivery of these products to the customer. The Company’s revenue from periodic maintenance agreements is generally recognized ratably over the respective maintenance periods provided no significant obligations remain and collectability of the related receivable is probable. Pricing of maintenance contracts is consistent period to period and calculated as a percentage of the software or hardware revenue.  Amounts collected in advance for maintenance services are included in current liabilities under "Deferred revenue". Sales tax collected from customers is excluded from revenue.

 Goodwill

 The Company accounts for its intangible assets under the provisions of ASC 350, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other”. In accordance with ASC 350, intangible assets with a definite life are analyzed for impairment under ASC 360-10-05 “Property, Plant and Equipment” and intangible assets with an indefinite life are analyzed for impairment under ASC 360 annually, or more often if circumstances dictate. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of each year, or if required, at the end of each fiscal quarter.  In accordance with ASC 350, goodwill, or the excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired is tested for impairment using a fair value approach at the “reporting unit” level. A reporting unit is the operating segment, or a business one level below that operating segment (referred to as a component) if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at the component level. The Company’s reporting unit is at the entity level. The Company recognizes an impairment charge for any amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its fair value. The Company uses fair value methodologies to establish fair values.

 The Company did not record any goodwill impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.

 Intangible and Long Lived Assets

 Intangible assets are carried at their cost less any accumulated amortization.  Any costs incurred to renew or extend the life of an intangible or long lived asset are reviewed for capitalization.  The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their net book value may not be recoverable. When such factors and circumstances exist, the Company compares the projected undiscounted future cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their estimated useful lives against their respective carrying amount. Impairment, if any, is based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value, based on market value when available, or discounted expected cash flows, of those assets and is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The Company’s management currently believes there is no impairment of its long-lived assets. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for the Company’s products under development will continue. Either of these could result in future impairment of long-lived assets.

 Concentration of Credit Risk

 Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and trade accounts receivable. The Company places its cash with high quality financial institutions and at times during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 exceeded the FDIC insurance limits of $250,000 for 2013 and 2012. Sales are typically made on credit and the Company generally does not require collateral. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company considers historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances, the credit quality of its customers, current economic conditions and other factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay to determine the level of allowance required. Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of approximately $3,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

F-13

 For the year ended December 31, 2013 one customer accounted for approximately 42% or $2,211,000 of total revenues and had trade receivables of $0 as of the end of the year.  For the year ended December 31, 2012 one customer accounted for approximately 15% or $611,000 of total revenues and had trade receivables of $0 as of the end of the year.

 Stock-Based Compensation

 At December 31, 2013, the Company had two stock-based compensation plans for employees and nonemployee directors, which authorize the granting of various equity-based incentives including stock options and restricted stock.

 The Company estimates the fair value of its stock options using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, consistent with the provisions of ASC 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation”. The fair value of stock options granted is recognized to expense over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards is recognized using the straight-line single-option method. Stock-based compensation expense is reported in operating expenses based upon the departments to which substantially all of the associated employees report and credited to additional paid-in-capital. Stock-based compensation expense related to equity options was approximately $575,000 and $571,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In January 2010, the Company issued 847,258 shares of restricted stock to members of management and the Board. These shares vested quarterly over a three-year period. The restricted shares were issued as compensation for the cancellation of 1,412,096 options held by members of management and the Board. The Company evaluated the exchange in accordance with ASC 718 and determined there was no incremental cost to be recorded in conjunction with the exchange as the fair value of the options surrendered at the modification date exceeded the fair value of the restricted shares issued at the modification date.  The Company recorded approximately $0 and $37,000 in compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to these restricted shares.

 ASC 718 requires the use of a valuation model to calculate the fair value of stock-based awards. The Company has elected to use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates various assumptions including volatility, expected life, and interest rates. The Company is required to make various assumptions in the application of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company has determined that the best measure of expected volatility is based on the historical weekly volatility of the Company’s common stock. Historical volatility factors utilized in the Company’s Black-Scholes computations for options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 ranged from 78% to 103%. The Company has elected to estimate the expected life of an award based upon the SEC approved “simplified method” noted under the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110. The expected term used by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 5.9 years. The difference between the actual historical expected life and the simplified method was immaterial. The interest rate used is the risk free interest rate and is based upon U.S. Treasury rates appropriate for the expected term. Interest rates used in the Company’s Black-Scholes calculations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 averaged 2.6%. Dividend yield is zero as the Company does not expect to declare any dividends on the Company’s common shares in the foreseeable future.

 In addition to the key assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model, the estimated forfeiture rate at the time of valuation is a critical assumption. The Company has estimated an annualized forfeiture rate of approximately 0% for corporate officers, 4.1% for members of the Board of Directors and 6.0% for all other employees. The Company reviews the expected forfeiture rate annually to determine if that percent is still reasonable based on historical experience.

 Income Taxes

 Current income tax expense or benefit is the amount of income taxes expected to be payable or refundable for the current year. A deferred income tax asset or liability is computed for the expected future impact of differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax credits and loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

F-14

 Foreign Currency Translation

 The financial position and results of operations of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured using the foreign subsidiary’s local currency as the functional currency. Revenues and expenses of such subsidiaries have been translated into U.S. dollars at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Assets and liabilities have been translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date. The resulting translation gain and loss adjustments are recorded directly as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, unless there is a sale or complete liquidation of the underlying foreign investments. The Company translates foreign currencies of its German, Canadian and Mexican subsidiaries. The cumulative translation adjustment, which is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, decreased approximately $69,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and decreased approximately $75,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 Comprehensive Income

 Comprehensive income consists of net gains and losses affecting shareholders’ equity that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are excluded from net loss. For the Company, the only items are the cumulative translation adjustment and the additional minimum liability related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plan, recognized pursuant to ASC 715-30, "Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans – Pension".

 Advertising Costs

 The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The Company incurred approximately $12,000 in advertising expenses during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 Loss Per Share

 Basic loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss available to common shareholders for the period by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss available to common shareholders for the period by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, adjusted to include, if dilutive, potential dilutive shares consisting of convertible preferred stock, convertible notes payable, stock options and warrants, calculated using the treasury stock and if-converted methods.  For diluted loss per share calculation purposes, the net loss available to commons shareholders is adjusted to add back any preferred stock dividends and any interest on convertible debt reflected in the consolidated statement of operations for the respective periods.

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Numerator for basic and diluted loss per share:
Net loss	$	(9,849	)	$	(10,190	)
Preferred dividends		(51	)		(51	)
Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(9,900	)	$	(10,241	)
Denominator for basic loss per share — weighted-average shares outstanding		81,231,962			70,894,916
Effect of dilutive securities		—			—
Denominator for diluted loss per share — weighted-average shares outstanding		81,231,962			70,894,916
Basic and diluted loss per share:
Net loss	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.14	)
Preferred dividends		(—	)		(—	)
Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.14	)

F-15

 The Company has excluded the following weighted-average securities from the calculation of diluted loss per share, as their effect would have been antidilutive:

Potential Dilutive Securities:	Common Share Equivalents at December 31, 2013		Common Share Equivalents at December 31, 2012
Convertible notes payable		101,185		100,018
Convertible preferred stock – Series B		46,139		47,880
Stock options		1,782,221		1,135,077
Restricted stock grants		80,932		324,863
Warrants		8,455,124		24,996,737
Total Potential Dilutive Securities		10,465,601		26,604,575

 Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”), or other standard setting bodies, which are adopted by us as of the specified effective date.  Unless otherwise discussed, the Company’s management believes the impact of recently issued standards not yet effective will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

 FASB ASU 2012-02.  In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment. This new accounting standard allows companies to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets is necessary. Under the guidance in ASU 2012-02, an entity has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test. An entity will be able to resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

FASB ASU 2013-05. In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-05, Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). ASU 2013-05 requires that when a reporting entity (parent) ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity, the parent is required to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. The provisions of ASU 2013-05 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. When adopted, ASU 2013-05 is not expected to materially impact our consolidated financial statements.

FASB ASU 2013-11. In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. This guidance requires netting unrecognized tax benefits against deferred tax assets for a loss or other carryforward that would apply in settlement of uncertain tax positions. This guidance will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. We do not believe that adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

3.    FAIR VALUE ACCOUNTING

 The Company accounts for fair value measurements in accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

F-16

 ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 are described below:

Level 1	Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.
Level 2	Applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.
Level 3	Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (supported by little or no market activity).

 The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value by level within the fair value hierarchy. As required by ASC 820, assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

	Fair Value at December 31, 2013
($ in thousands)	Total			Level 1			Level 2			Level 3
Assets:
Pension assets		$	1,790		$	1,790		$	—		$	—
Totals		$	1,790		$	1,790		$	—		$	—
Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities		$	57		$	—		$	—		$	57
Totals		$	57		$	—		$	—		$	57

	Fair Value at December 31, 2012
($ in thousands)	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Pension assets	$	1,630	$	1,630	$	—	$	—
Totals	$	1,630	$	1,630	$	—	$	—
Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	$	2,244	$	—	$	—	$	2,244
Totals	$	2,244	$	—	$	—	$	2,244

 The Company’s pension assets are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using market prices. The pension assets are primarily comprised of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts. All plan assets are managed in a policyholder pool in Germany by outside investment managers. The investment objectives for the plan are the preservation of capital, current income and long-term growth of capital.

 As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 40,000 outstanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock that qualified for derivative liability treatment.  The recorded fair market value of those warrants at December 31, 2013 was approximately $57,000 which is reflected as a current liability in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013. The fair value of the Company’s derivative liabilities are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using pricing models that incorporate management assumptions that cannot be corroborated with observable market data.  The Company uses Monte-Carlo simulation methodologies and the Black-Scholes valuation model in the determination of the fair value of the derivative liabilities.  

 The Monte-Carlo simulation methodology is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding the expected stock price volatility over the term of the derivative liabilities in addition to the probability of future financings. The Black-Scholes valuation model is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding the expected stock price volatility over the term of the derivative liabilities in addition to expected dividend yield and risk free interest rates appropriate for the expected term. 

F-17

 The Company monitors the activity within each level and any changes with the underlying valuation techniques or inputs utilized to recognize if any transfers between levels are necessary.  That determination is made, in part, by working with outside valuation experts for Level 3 instruments and monitoring market related data and other valuation inputs for Level 1 and Level 2 instruments.

 A reconciliation of the Company’s liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) is as follows:

($ in thousands)	Derivative Liabilities
Balance December 31, 2011	$	11,824
Included in earnings		4,712
Settlements		(14,292	)
Issuances		—
Transfers in and /or out of Level 3		—
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	2,244
Included in earnings		4,776
Settlements		(6,963	)
Issuances		—
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3		—
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	57

 All unrealized gains or losses resulting from changes in value of any Level 3 instruments are reflected as a separate line in the consolidated statement of operations in arriving at net loss. The Company is not a party to any hedge arrangements, commodity swap agreements or any other derivative financial instruments.  See further disclosures regarding the Company’s derivative liabilities in Note 10.

4.           INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

 The Company has intangible assets in the form of trademarks, trade names and patents. The carrying amount of the Company’s acquired trademarks and trade names were approximately $31,000 and $47,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which include accumulated amortization of $316,000 and $300,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization expense related to trademarks and tradenames was $16,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. All intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives with no estimated residual values. Any costs incurred by the Company to renew or extend the life of intangible assets will be evaluated under ASC No. 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, for proper treatment.

 In June 2012, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with Vocel, Inc., a Delaware corporation, whereby the Company purchased certain assets, consisting primarily of certain patents and trademarks. The Company evaluated this transaction under ASC No. 805, Business Combinations, and determined that this transaction constituted an asset purchase.

 As consideration for this asset purchase:

●       The Company issued to Vocel a warrant to purchase 150,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (“Purchaser Warrant”). The Purchaser Warrant is exercisable at $0.88 per share and vests 100% when the Company has derived $500,000 of gross revenue from the sale or license of the purchased intellectual property (“Warrant Vesting Date”). The Purchaser Warrant is exercisable for a period of three years from the Warrant Vesting Date; and

●   The Company agreed to pay Vocel a royalty of 7.5% of gross revenue received by the Company from any third party sale or license of the purchased intellectual property.

 The Company determined the aggregate fair value of the consideration issued to be approximately $159,000 and allocated this amount to the relative fair value of the assets acquired resulting in $159,000 being allocated to patents. The Company began amortization of the acquired patents in the third quarter of 2012 on a straight-line basis over their weighted-average remaining life of approximately 13.5 years. Amortization expense related to patents was $12,000 and $6,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

F-18

 The following table presents the changes in the carrying amounts of the Company’s acquired intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. All intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives with no estimated residual values.

($ in thousands)	Total
Balance of intangible assets as of December 31, 2011	$	63
Intangible assets acquired		159
Amortization		(22	)
Impairment losses		—
Balance of intangible assets as of December 31, 2012	$	200
Intangible assets acquired		—
Amortization		(28	)
Impairment losses		—
Balance of intangible assets as of December 31, 2013	$	172

 The Company annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate a need, tests the carrying amount of goodwill for impairment. The Company performs its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of each year. A two-step impairment test is used to first identify potential goodwill impairment and then measure the amount of goodwill impairment loss, if any. The first step was conducted by determining and comparing the fair value, employing the market approach, of the Company’s reporting unit to the carrying value of the reporting unit. The Company continues to have only one reporting unit, Identity Management. Based on the results of this impairment test, the Company determined that its goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $28,000 and $22,000, respectively.

 The estimated acquired intangible amortization expense for the next five fiscal years is as follows:

Fiscal Year Ended December 31,	Estimated Amortization Expense ($ in thousands)
2014	$	28
2015		27
2016		12
2017		12
2018		12
Thereafter		81
Totals	$	172

5.    RELATED PARTIES

 As more fully described in Note 9, on November 14, 2008 the Company entered into a series of convertible promissory notes (the “Related-Party Convertible Notes”), aggregating $110,000 with certain officers and members of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Related-Party Convertible Notes bear interest at 7.0% per annum and were originally due February 14, 2009.

 In conjunction with the original issuance of the Related-Party Convertible Notes in 2008, the Company issued an aggregate of 149,996 warrants to the note holders to purchase shares of common stock of the Company. All such warrants were exercised, on a cashless basis, between October and November 2013.

F-19

 The Company did not repay the Related-Party Convertible Notes on the due date. In August 2009, the Company received from the Related-Party Convertible Note holders a waiver of default and extension to January 31, 2010 of the maturity date of the Related-Party Convertible Notes. As consideration for the waiver and note extension, the Company issued to the Related-Party Convertible Note holders an aggregate of 150,000 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrants have an exercise price of $0.50 per share and expire on August 25, 2014, of which warrants to purchase 136,364 shares of common stock were outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2013.

 On January 21, 2013, the holders of the Related-Party Convertible Notes agreed to extend the due date on their respective convertible notes to be due and payable not later than June 30, 2014, however, the Related-Party Convertible Notes will be callable at any time, at the option of the note holder, prior to June 30, 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2013, a Related Party Convertible Note holder elected to convert the principal amount of $10,000 of their respective Related Party Convertible Note into 18,182 shares of common stock. 

 During the year ended December 31, 2012 the Company entered into a series of professional service contracts with an entity that a member of the Company’s Board of Directors has an ownership interest in. The aggregate contract value was $370,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, and the Company paid the professional services firm approximately $0 and $188,000 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 In March 2013, the Company entered into a new unsecured line of credit agreement with initial available borrowing of up to $2.5 million. The credit line was extended by an existing shareholder and member of our Board of Directors. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest of 8% per annum and are due in March 2015. Before entering into the Amendment (defined below), at any time prior to the Maturity Date, the holder had the right to convert the outstanding balance owed into shares of the Company’s common stock by dividing the outstanding balance by $0.95.

 As of December 31, 2013, no advances were made under the unsecured line of credit agreement.

F-20

6.    INVENTORY

 Inventories of $505,000 as of December 31, 2013 were comprised of work in process of $499,000 representing direct labor costs on in-process projects and finished goods of $6,000 net of reserves for obsolete and slow-moving items of $3,000. Inventories of $262,000 as of December 31, 2012 were comprised of work in process of $254,000 representing direct labor costs on in-process projects and finished goods of $8,000 net of reserves for obsolete and slow-moving items of $3,000. Appropriate consideration is given to obsolescence, excessive levels, deterioration and other factors in evaluating net realizable value and required reserve levels.

7.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 Property and equipment at December 31, 2013 and 2012, consists of:

($ in thousands)	2013			2012
Equipment	$	700		$	950
Leasehold improvements		5			—
Furniture		103			75
		808			1,025
Less accumulated depreciation		(563	)		(875	)
	$	245		$	150

 Total depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $97,000 and $47,000, respectively.

8.    ACCRUED EXPENSES

 Principal components of accrued expenses consist of:

($ in thousands)	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Compensated absences	$	241	$	248
Wages, payroll taxes and sales commissions		4		32
Customer deposits		38		60
Liquidated damages		200		200
Royalties		147		251
Pension and employee benefit plans		33		140
Income and sales taxes		142		125
Interest and dividends		52		87
Other		67		123
	$	924	$	1,266

F-21

9.    NOTES PAYABLE AND LINE OF CREDIT

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Notes payable to related parties:
7% convertible promissory notes. Face value of notes $55 and $65 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Discount on notes is $0 at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Notes were due January 2010.  In January 2013, the Company received an extension to June 30, 2014. Notes are callable at any time at option of holder.		55			65
Total notes payable to related parties		55			65
Total notes payable		55			65
Less current portion		(55	)		(65	)
Long-term notes payable	$	—		$	—

7% Convertible Promissory Notes to Related Parties

 On November 14, 2008, the Company entered into a series of convertible promissory notes (the "Related-Party Convertible Notes"), in the principal aggregate amount of $110,000, with certain officers and members of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Related-Party Convertible Notes bear interest at 7.0% per annum and were due February 14, 2009. The principal amount of the Related-Party Convertible Notes plus accrued but unpaid interest is convertible at the option of the holder into common stock of the Company. The number of shares into which the Related-Party Convertible Notes are convertible shall be calculated by dividing the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest by $0.55 (the “Conversion Price”).

 In conjunction with the issuance of the Related-Party Convertible Notes, the Company issued an aggregate of 149,996 warrants to the note holders to purchase common stock of the Company which were exercised in their entirety, on a cashless basis, between October and November 2013 resulting in the issuance of 111,783 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 The Company, in 2008, initially recorded the convertible notes net of a discount equal to the fair value allocated to the warrants of approximately $13,000. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions: term of 5 years, a risk free interest rate of 2.53%, a dividend yield of 0%, and volatility of 96%. The convertible notes also contained a beneficial conversion feature, resulting in an additional debt discount of $12,000. The beneficial conversion amount was measured using the accounting intrinsic value, i.e. the excess of the aggregate fair value of the common stock into which the debt is convertible over the proceeds allocated to the security. The Company has accreted the beneficial conversion feature over the life of the Related-Party Convertible Notes. 

 The Company did not repay the Related-Party Convertible Notes on the due date. In August 2009, the Company received from the Related-Party Convertible Note holders a waiver of default and extension of the Maturity Date to to January 31, 2010. As consideration for the waiver and note extension, the Company issued to the Related-Party Convertible Note holders warrants to purchase an aggregate of 150,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrants have an exercise price of $0.50 per share and expire on August 25, 2014. In December 2013, 13,636 warrants were exercised, on a cashless basis, resulting in the issuance of 9,969 shares of the Company’s common stock

 The Company did not repay the notes on January 31, 2010.  During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company repaid $45,000 in principal to certain holders of the Related-Party Convertible Notes. On January 21, 2013, the holders of the Related-Party Convertible Notes agreed to extend the due date on their respective convertible notes to be due and payable not later than June 30, 2014 however, the Related-Party Convertible Notes will be callable at any time, at the option of the note holder, prior to June 30, 2014.  In December 2013, a holder converted $10,000 of the Related-Party Convertible Notes into 18,182 shares of common stock of the Company.

F-22

Line of Credit

 In March 2013, the Company entered into a new unsecured line of credit agreement with initial available borrowing of up to $2.5 million. The credit line was extended by an existing shareholder and member of our Board of Directors. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest of 8% per annum and are due in March 2015. Before entering into the Amendment (defined below), at any time prior to the Maturity Date, the holder had the right to convert the outstanding balance owed into shares of the Company’s common stock by dividing the outstanding balance by $0.95.

 Advances under the credit facility are made at the Company’s request. The line of credit shall terminate, and no further advances shall be made, upon the earlier of the Maturity Date or such date that the Company consummates a debt and/or equity financing resulting in net proceeds to the Company of at least $3.5 million. In the event of such financing, the outstanding balance under the terms of this note shall be due and payable upon demand.

 As additional consideration for the unsecured line of credit agreement, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 1,052,632 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant has a term of two years from the date of issuance and an exercise price of $0.95 per share.

 The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions: term of two years, a risk free interest rate of 2.58%, a dividend yield of 0%, and volatility of 79%. The Company recorded the fair value of the warrants as a deferred financing fee of approximately $580,000 to be amortized over the life of the line of credit agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded approximately $217,000 in deferred financing fee amortization expense.  Such expense is recorded as a component of interest expense in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the period ended December 31, 2013.

 The Company evaluated the line of credit agreement and determined that the instrument contains a contingent beneficial conversion feature, i.e. an embedded conversion right that enables the holder to obtain the underlying common stock at a price below market value. The beneficial conversion feature is contingent as the terms of the conversion do not permit the Company to compute the number of shares that the holder would receive if the contingent event occurs (i.e. future borrowings under the line of credit agreement). The Company has considered the accounting for this contingent beneficial conversion feature using the guidance in ASC 470, Debt. The guidance in ASC 470 states that a contingent beneficial conversion feature in an instrument shall not be recognized in earnings until the contingency is resolved. The beneficial conversion features of future borrowings under the line of credit agreement will be measured using the intrinsic value calculated at the date the contingency is resolved using the exercise price and trading value of the Company’s common stock at the date the line of credit agreement was issued (commitment date). Such amounts could range from $0 to approximately $474,000 depending on the amount borrowed by the Company under the line of credit agreement.

 As of December 31, 2013, no advances were made under the unsecured line of credit agreement.

 In March 2014, the holder of the line of credit agreed to increase the borrowing facility to an aggregate total of $3,500,000 (the "Amendment"). Borrowings under the increased credit facility will bear interest at the same rate and are also due in March 2015. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Amendment, the Holder has the right to convert up to $2.5 million of the outstanding balance into shares of the Company's common stock for $0.95 per share. Any remaining outstanding balance will be convertible into shares of the Company's common stock for $2.25 per share. As consideration for the increase to the line of credit borrowing facility, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 177,778 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant expires on March 27, 2015 and has an exercise price of $2.25 per share.

10.   DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES

 The Company accounts for its derivative instruments under the provisions of ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity-Scope and Scope Exceptions”. Under the provisions of ASC 815, the anti-dilution and cash settlement provisions in certain warrants (collectively the “Derivative Liabilities”) qualify as derivative instruments.

 The Company is required to mark-to-market, at the end of each reporting period, the value of the Derivative Liabilities.  The Company revalues these Derivative Liabilities at the end of each reporting period by using available market information and commonly accepted valuation methodologies.  The periodic change in value of the Derivative Liabilities is recorded as either non-cash derivative income (if the value of the embedded derivative and warrants decrease) or as non-cash derivative expense (if the value of the embedded derivative and warrants increase).  Although the values of the embedded derivative and warrants are affected by interest rates, the remaining contractual conversion period and the Company’s stock volatility, the primary cause of the change in the values of the Derivative Liabilities will be the value of the Company’s common stock.  If the stock price goes up, the value of these derivatives will generally increase and if the stock price goes down the value of these derivatives will generally decrease.

F-23

 The Company uses a Monte-Carlo simulation methodology and the Black-Scholes valuation model in the determination of the fair value of the Derivative Liabilities.  The Monte-Carlo simulation methodology is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding the expected stock price volatility over the term of the Derivative Liabilities and assumptions regarding future financings. The Company utilized the services of an independent valuation firm, Vantage Point Advisors, Inc. to perform the Monte-Carlo simulations.

 The Black-Scholes valuation model is affected by the Company’s stock prices as well as assumptions regarding the expected stock price volatility of the term of the derivative liabilities in addition to interest rates and dividend yields.

 As of December 31, 2012, the Company had 5,211,229 outstanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock that qualified for derivative liability treatment.  The recorded fair market value of those warrants at December 31, 2012 was approximately $2,244,000, which is reflected as a non-current liability in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012.  

 As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 40,000 outstanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock that qualified for derivative liability treatment. The recorded fair market value of those warrants at December 31, 2013 was approximately $57,000, which is reflected as a current liability in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 4,864,989 warrants qualifying for derivative liability treatment were exercised on a cashless basis resulting in the issuance of 3,491,579 shares of common stock with an aggregate fair market value of approximately $6,498,000.  Also during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 156,240 warrants were exercised for cash, resulting in the issuance of 156,240 shares of common stock with an aggregate fair market value of approximately $357,000 offset by cash proceeds of approximately $78,000. In December 2013, the Company modified 150,000 warrants by removing the anti-dilution provisions such that these warrants no longer qualify as derivative liabilities.  The Company determined that there was no incremental cost to be recorded at the modification date. As a result of the agreements to amend the warrants and the warrants no longer qualifying for derivative liability treatment, the Company reclassified approximately $186,000 of derivative liabilities into a component of additional paid-in capital in the Company's consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

11.    INCOME TAXES

 The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, (ASC 740). Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences related to temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax purposes at each year-end, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. A valuation allowance is established when necessary based on the weight of available evidence, if it is considered more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Income tax expense is the sum of current income tax plus the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities.  The Company has established a valuation allowance against its deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such asset.

 ASC 740 requires a company to first determine whether it is more-likely-than-not (defined as a likelihood of more than fifty percent) that a tax position will be sustained based on its technical merits as of the reporting date, assuming that taxing authorities will examine the position and have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets this more-likely-than-not threshold is then measured and recognized at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely to be realized upon effective settlement with a taxing authority.  The amount accrued for uncertain tax positions was zero at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 The Company’s uncertain position relative to unrecognized tax benefits and any potential increase in these liabilities relates primarily to the allocations of revenue and costs among the Company’s global operations and the impact of tax rulings made during the period affecting its tax positions. The Company’s existing tax position could result in liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The amount of interest and penalties accrued as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $12,000 and $4,000, respectively.

F-24

 Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Company’s uncertain tax positions and determining the Company’s provision for income taxes. No assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from that which is reflected in the Company’s historical income tax provisions and accruals. The Company adjusts these items in light of changing facts and circumstances. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.

 The significant components of the income tax provision are as follows:

($ in thousands)	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012
Current
Federal	$	—	$	—
State		—		—
Foreign		8		22
Deferred
Federal		—		—
State		—		—
Foreign		—		—
	$	8	$	22

 The principal components of the Company’s deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

($ in thousands)	2013			2012
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	12,703		$	11,554
Intangible and fixed assets		538			653
Stock based compensation		1,319			1,089
Reserves and accrued expenses		6			6
Other		(121	)		(140	)
		14,445			13,162
Less valuation allowance		(14,445	)		(13,162	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	—		$	—

 A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes to the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rates to loss before income taxes is as follows:

	2013			2012
Amounts computed at statutory rates	$	(3,349	)	$	(3,465	)
State income tax, net of federal benefit		(47	)		(81	)
Expiration of net operating loss carryforwards		75			473
Non-deductible interest and change in fair value of derivative liabilities		1,698			1,602
Foreign taxes		370			473
Other		4			4
Net change in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets		1,257			1,016
	$	8		$	22

 The Company has established a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such assets.

F-25

 At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, a portion of which may be available to offset future taxable income for tax purposes. The federal net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates from 2014 through 2032. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates from 2014 through 2022.

 The Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") limits the availability of certain tax credits and net operating losses that arose prior to certain cumulative changes in a corporation’s ownership resulting in a change of control of the Company. The Company’s use of its net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards will be significantly limited because the Company believes it underwent “ownership changes”, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, in 1991, 1995, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2011 and 2012, though the Company has not performed a study to determine the limitation. The Company has reduced its deferred tax assets to zero relating to its federal and state research credits because of such limitations. The Company continues to disclose the tax effect of the net operating loss carryforwards at their original amount in the table above as the actual limitation has not yet been quantified. The Company has also established a full valuation allowance for substantially all deferred tax assets due to uncertainties surrounding its ability to generate future taxable income to realize these assets. Since substantially all deferred tax assets are fully reserved, future changes in tax benefits will not impact the effective tax rate. Management periodically evaluates the recoverability of the deferred tax assets. If it is determined at some time in the future that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will be realized, the valuation allowance would be reduced accordingly at that time.

 Tax returns for the years 2009 through 2013 are subject to examination by taxing authorities.

12.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 Employment Agreements

 The Company has employment agreements with its Chief Executive Officer, Senior Vice President of Administration and Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technical Officer, and Vice President of Business Development. The Company may terminate the agreements with or without cause. Subject to the conditions and other limitations set forth in each respective employment agreement, each executive will be entitled to the following severance benefits if the Company terminates the executive’s employment without cause or in the event of an involuntary termination  (as defined in the employment agreements) by the Company or by the executive:

 Under the terms of the agreement, the Chief Executive Officer will be entitled to the following severance benefits if we terminate his employment without cause or in the event of an involuntary termination: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to twenty-four months base salary; (ii) continuation of fringe benefits and medical insurance for a period of three years; and (iii) immediate vesting of 50% of outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards. In the event that the Chief Executive Officer’s employment is terminated within six months prior to or thirteen months following a change of control, the Chief Executive Officer is entitled to the severance benefits described above, except that 100% of the Chief Executive Officer’s outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards will immediately vest.

 Under the terms of the employment agreements with our Senior Vice President of Administration and Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technical Officer, and Vice President of Business Development, these executives will be entitled to the following severance benefits if we terminate their employment without cause or in the event of an involuntary termination: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to six months of base salary; (ii) continuation of their fringe benefits and medical insurance for a period of six months; (iii) immediate vesting of 50% of their outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards. In the event that their employment is terminated within six months prior to or thirteen months following a change of control (defined below), they are entitled to the severance benefits described above, except that 100% of their outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards will immediately vest.

 Litigation

 On September 21, 2012, Blue Spike, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (“Blue Spike”), filed claims against the Company in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, alleging that the Company is impermissibly using Blue Spike’s patented technologies in certain Company products, including its Biometric Engine. To date, Blue Spike has filed similar suits asserting claims of patent infringement against over 100 companies since August 9, 2012. The defendants span a wide range of industries, from Internet search engines to chip manufacturers, digital rights management, video streaming and digital watermarking.  The Company has filed a motion to dismiss the complaint and a motion to transfer Blue Spike’s case against the Company to San Diego.  The Company’s motion to dismiss Blue Spike’s contributory and willful infringement allegations against the Company was granted by the Court.  The Company’s motion to transfer has not been ruled upon.  Currently pending are numerous other motions to dismiss and at least 12 motions filed by various other defendants to transfer the action to the Northern District of California, Central District of California, District of Massachusetts, Southern District of New York, and District of New Jersey.  None of the transfer motions has yet been ruled upon. Blue Spike is seeking to recover an unspecified amount of compensatory damages from the Company, and an injunction to enjoin the Company from further acts of alleged infringement.  The Company believes Blue Spike’s claim to be without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself. The Company is unable to estimate a possible range of loss at this time.

F-26

 Other than as specifically described above, we are currently not involved in any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.  Other than described above, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the executive officers of the Company or any of our subsidiaries, threatened against or affecting the Company, our common stock, any of our subsidiaries or of the Company’s or our subsidiaries’ officers or directors in their capacities as such, in which an adverse decision could have a material adverse effect.

 Leases

 In December 2010, we relocated our corporate headquarters to Rancho Bernardo Road in San Diego, California and entered into a three-year lease agreement. In August 2013, we entered into an amendment effective November 2013, whereby the Company consolidated its existing leases. The Company leased an additional 4,793 square feet of space in the same location while simultaneously vacating 2,560 square feet of space resulting in total rented square feet of 9,927. The lease term commenced on November 1, 2013 and ends on October 31, 2017.  Future minimum rent payments under the amended lease will be approximately  $210,000 in 2014, $216,000 in 2015, $222,000 in 2016 and $190,000 in 2017.

 In April 2012, we entered into a lease extension of our Portland, Oregon offices whereby we extended the lease term for a period of 36 months commencing November 1, 2012 until October 31, 2015.  Future minimum rent payments will be approximately $141,000 in 2013, $146,000 in 2014 and $124,000 in 2015.

 In addition to the corporate headquarters lease in San Diego, California, we also lease space in Ottawa, Province of Ontario, Canada; and Mexico City, Mexico. 

 At December 31, 2013, future minimum lease payments are as follows:

($ in thousands)
2014	$	399
2015	$	382
2016	$	233
2017	$	190
2018 and thereafter	$	—
	$	1,204

 Rental expense incurred under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $418,000 and $521,000, respectively.

13.    EQUITY

 The Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, authorize the issuance of two classes of stock to be designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock”. The Preferred Stock may be divided into such number of series and with the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine.

 Series B Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

 The Company had 239,400 shares of Series B Preferred outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had cumulative undeclared dividends of approximately  $8,000 ($0.03 per share). There were no conversions of Series B Preferred into common stock during the year ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.

F-27

 Common Stock

 The following table summarizes outstanding common stock activity for the following periods:

	Common Stock
Shares outstanding at December 31, 2011		67,988,916
Shares issued pursuant to warrants exercised for cash		7,052,647
Shares issued pursuant to cashless warrants exercised		1,573,362
Shares issued pursuant to option exercises		24,924
Shares outstanding at December 31, 2012		76,639,849
Shares issued pursuant to warrants exercised for cash		6,132,779
Shares issued pursuant to cashless warrants exercised		4,458,493
Conversion of related-party notes payable into common stock		18,182
Shares issued as compensation in lieu of cash		264,000
Shares issued pursuant to option exercises		35,310
Shares outstanding at December 31, 2013		87,548,613

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 35,310 shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of 35,310 options for cash proceeds of approximately $11,000.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 6,132,779 shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of 6,132,779 warrants for cash proceeds of approximately $3,291,000. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 4,458,493 shares of common stock pursuant to the cashless exercise of 6,601,173 warrants. Also during the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 18,182 shares of common stock pursuant to the conversion of $10,000 of Related-Party Convertible notes payable principal. The Company also issued 144,000 shares of its common stock to certain members of the Company’s Board of Directors as compensation for services to be rendered through December 31, 2014.  Such shares are forfeitable should the Board members’ service be terminated. The Company also issued 120,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the achievement of certain contractual vesting conditions contained in previously issued restricted stock grants to non-affiliated consultants.

 Warrants

 As of December 31, 2013, warrants to purchase 6,598,416 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $0.50 to $1.72 were outstanding. All warrants are exercisable as of December 31, 2013 and expire at various dates through December 2016, with the exception of an aggregate of 330,000 warrants, which become exercisable only upon the attainment of specified events.

 The following table summarizes warrant activity for the following periods:

	Warrants			Weighted-
				Average
				Exercise Price
Balance at December 31, 2011		28,453,760		$	0.52
Granted		305,000		$	0.92
Expired / Canceled		(12,000	)	$	0.50
Exercised		(9,958,275	)	$	0.50
Balance at December 31, 2012		18,788,485		$	0.56
Granted		1,232,632		$	1.01
Expired / Canceled		(688,749	)	$	1.49
Exercised		(12,733,952	)	$	0.52
Balance at December 31, 2013		6,598,416		$	0.63

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued to certain consultants warrants to purchase an aggregate of 110,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Such warrants have exercise prices ranging from $1.08 to $1.15 per share and have terms ranging from one to three years from the date of issuance. An aggregate of 80,000 of these warrants become exercisable only upon the attainment of specified events. No such events were obtained during the year ended December 31, 2013.

F-28

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued to an existing shareholder and member of our Board of Directors warrants to purchase 1,052,632 shares of the Company’s common stock. Such warrants have an exercise price of $0.95 per share and a term of two years from the date of issuance.

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued to certain members of a newly established advisory board, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 70,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Such warrants have an exercise price of $1.72 per share and have a two year term. The Company recorded the estimated grant date fair value of these warrants using the Black-Scholes option valuation model as a component of general and administrative expense.

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, there were 6,601,173 warrants exercised pursuant to cashless transactions and 688,749 warrants expired. During the year ended December 31, 2013, there were 6,132,779 warrants exercised for cash resulting in cash proceeds to the Company of approximately $3,291,000. The Company issued 4,458,493 shares of its common stock pursuant to cashless warrant exercises and 6,132,779 shares of its common stock pursuant to warrants exercised for cash.

 The following table summarizes information regarding the warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2013:

Exercise Price		Number Outstanding	Weighted—Average  Remaining Life (Years)	Weighted—Average  Exercise Price
$	0.50	4,795,504	2.50	$	0.50
$	0.80	150,000	3.00	$	0.80
$	0.95	1,052,632	1.24	$	0.95
$	0.98	100,000	0.63	$	0.98
$	1.00	265,280	0.58	$	1.00
$	1.08	50,000	0.08	$	1.08
$	1.10	75,000	1.93	$	1.10
$	1.14	30,000	1.04	$	1.14
$	1.15	5,000	0.05	$	1.15
$	1.25	5,000	0.75	$	1.25
$	1.72	70,000	1.69	$	1.72
		6,598,416

14.    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock Options

 As of December 31, 2013, the Company had two active stock-based compensation plans; the 1999 Stock Option Plan (the “1999 Plan”) and the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2001 Plan”).

 1999 Plan

 The 1999 Plan was adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors on December 17, 1999. Under the terms of the 1999 Plan, the Company could, originally, issue up to 350,000 non-qualified or incentive stock options to purchase common stock of the Company. The Company subsequently amended and restated the 1999 Plan whereby it increased the share reserve for issuance by approximately 4.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock.  The 1999 Plan prohibits the grant of stock option or stock appreciation right awards with an exercise price less than fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. The 1999 Plan also generally prohibits the “re-pricing” of stock options or stock appreciation rights, although awards may be bought-out for a payment in cash or the Company’s stock. The 1999 Plan permits the grant of stock based awards other than stock options, including the grant of “full value” awards such as restricted stock, stock units and performance shares. The 1999 Plan permits the qualification of awards under the plan (payable in either stock or cash) as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The number of options issued and outstanding and the number of options remaining available for future issuance are shown in the table below.

F-29

 On July 22, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an amendment to the 1999 Plan, subject to shareholder approval, pursuant to which an additional 2,159,442 shares would be reserved for issuance under the plan. In October 2011, the Company’s shareholders approved this amendment resulting in 2,159,442 shares being added to the 1999 Plan.

 2001 Plan

 The 2001 Plan was adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors on September 12, 2001.  Under the terms of the 2001 Plan, the Company could issue stock awards to employees, directors and consultants of the Company, and such stock awards could be given for non-statutory stock options (options not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), stock bonuses, and rights to acquire restricted stock. The 2001 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors or a Committee of the Board. The Company originally reserved 1,000,000 shares of its common stock for issuance under the 2001 Plan. Options granted under the 2001 Plan shall not be less than 85% of the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant, and, in some cases, may not be less than 110% of such fair market value. The term of options granted under the 2001 Plan as well as their vesting are determined by the Board and to date, options have been granted with a ten year term and vesting over a three year period. While the Board may suspend or terminate the 2001 Plan at any time, if not terminated earlier, it will terminate on the day before its tenth anniversary of the date of adoption.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company does not anticipate issuing any additional stock awards under this plan.  Any shares not issued in connection with the awards outstanding under the 2001 Plan will become available for issuance under the 1999 Plan.  The number of options issued and outstanding and the number of options remaining available for future issuance are shown in the table below.

 A summary of the activity under the Company’s stock option plans is as follows:

	Options					Weighted-
				Weighted-		Average
				Average		Remaining
				Exercise		Contractual
				Price		Term (Years)
Balance at December 31, 2011		1,707,713		$	0.76		7.6
Granted		1,437,500		$	0.89		—
Expired/Cancelled		(89,068	)	$	0.92		—
Exercised		(24,924	)	$	0.29		—
Balance at December 31, 2012		3,031,221		$	0.82		7.9
Granted		817,500		$	1.39		—
Expired/Cancelled		(30,000	)	$	0.74		—
Exercised		(35,310	)	$	0.31		—
Balance at December 31, 2013		3,783,411		$	0.94		7.4

 At December 31, 2013, a total of 3,783,411 options were outstanding of which 2,309,865 were exercisable at a weighted average price of $0.80 per share with a remaining weighted average contractual term of approximately 6.5 years.  The Company expects that, in addition to the 2,309,865 options that were exercisable as of December 31, 2013, another 1,473,546 will ultimately vest resulting in a combined total of 3,783,411.  Those 1,473,546 shares have a weighted average exercise price of $1.17, an aggregate intrinsic value of approximately $1,139,000 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 8.9 years as of December 31, 2013.

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, there were 35,310 options exercised for cash resulting in the issuance of 35,310 shares of the Company’s common stock and proceeds of approximately $11,000.  During the year ended December 31, 2012, there were 24,924 options exercised which resulted in proceeds of approximately $7,000 to the Company.

 The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $59,000 and $14,000, respectively. The intrinsic value of options exercisable at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $2,648,000 and $389,000, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value for all options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $3,786,000 and $423,000, respectively.

F-30

 The following table summarizes information about employee stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2013:

		Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Exercise Price				Weighted-
				Average		Weighted-				Weighted-
		Number		Remaining Life		Average		Number		Average
		Outstanding		(Years)		Exercise Price		Exercisable		Exercise Price
$	0.17–0.24		450,221		5.0	$	0.19		450,221	$	0.19
$	0.54-0.74		788,787		6.7	$	0.72		677,589	$	0.72
$	0.77-1.15		2,082,403		8.1	$	0.95		1,085,055	$	0.97
$	1.45-2.74		462,000		8.2	$	2.02		97,000	$	2.29
Total			3,783,411						2,309,865

 At December 31, 2013, the total remaining unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options amounted to approximately $1,019,000, which will be amortized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service period of 2.2 years.

 At December 31, 2012, there were 1,473,546 shares outstanding and un-exercisable as they had not yet met the vesting criteria.  Those options had a weighted-average grant-date fair value of approximately $0.86.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, 951,610 shares vested with a weighted-average grant-date fair value of approximately $0.75 and approximately 30,000 shares forfeited or expired, of which 17,504 were vested and exercisable, with a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $0.88 resulting in 2,309,865 shares exercisable, with a weighted-average grant-date fair value of approximately $0.67 as of December 31, 2013.

 The weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $0.97 and $0.71, respectively. At December 31, 2013, the total remaining unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options amounted to approximately $1,019,000, which will be amortized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service period of 2.2 years.

Restricted Stock Awards

 In January of 2010, the Company issued 847,258 shares of restricted stock to members of management and the Board. These shares vested quarterly over a three-year period. The restricted shares were issued as compensation for the cancellation of 1,412,096 options held by members of management and the Board. The Company evaluated the exchange in accordance with ASC 718 and determined there was no incremental cost to be recorded in conjunction with the exchange as the fair value of the options surrendered at the modification date exceeded the fair value of the restricted shares issued at the modification date. Stock-based compensation expense related to these restricted stock grants was approximately $0 and $37,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Stock Appreciation Rights

 During March 2011, the Company granted 880,000 performance units to certain key employees that grant the holder the right to receive compensation based on the appreciation in the Company’s common stock in the event of transfer of control of the Company ("Performance Units"). As the vesting of the Performance Units is contingent upon the sale of the Company, the expense associated with the granting of the Performance Units was not material. The Performance Units issued to such key employees were terminated, and exchanged for options to purchase a total of 435,000 shares of common stock on January 30, 2012.

F-31

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

 The following table summarizes the common stock reserved for future issuance as of December 31, 2013:

	Common Stock
Convertible preferred stock – Series B		46,029
Convertible notes payable		154,743
Stock options outstanding		3,783,411
Warrants outstanding		6,598,416
Restricted stock grants		—
Authorized for future grant under stock option plans		24,434
		10,607,033

15.    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

 During 1995, the Company adopted a defined contribution 401(k) retirement plan (the “Plan”). All U.S. based employees aged 21 years and older are eligible to become participants after the completion of 60 days employment. The Plan provides for annual contributions by the Company of 50% of employee contributions not to exceed 8% of employee compensation.  Effective April 1, 2009, the Plan was amended to provide for Company contributions on a discretionary basis. Participants may contribute up to 100% of the annual contribution limitations determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

 Employees are fully vested in their share of the Company’s contributions after the completion of five years of service. In 2012, the Company authorized a discretionary contribution of approximately $87,000 for the 2012 plan year.  Such contribution was paid in January, 2013. In 2013, the Company authorized contributions of approximately $107,000 for the 2013 plan year of which $79,000 were paid prior to December 31, 2013.

F-32

16.    PENSION PLAN

 One of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries maintains a defined benefit pension plan that provides benefits based on length of service and final average earnings. The following table sets forth the benefit obligation, fair value of plan assets, and the funded status of the Company’s plan; amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements; and the assumptions used in determining the actuarial present value of the benefit obligations as of December 31:

($ in thousands)	2013			2012
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	2,031		$	1,846
Service cost		2			2
Interest cost		94			87
Actuarial (gain) loss		577			(7	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		117			103
Effect of curtailment		—			—
Benefits paid		—			—
Benefit obligation at end of year		2,821			2,031
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year		1,630			1,455
Actual return of plan assets		41			36
Company contributions		43			42
Benefits paid		—			—
Effect of exchange rate changes		76			97
Fair value of plan assets at end of year		1,790			1,630
Funded status		(1,031	)		(401	)
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)		922			317
Unrecognized prior service (benefit) cost		—			—
Additional minimum liability		(922	)		(317	)
Unrecognized transition (asset) liability		—			—
Net amount recognized	$	(1,031	)	$	(401	)
Plan Assets
Pension plan assets were comprised of the following asset categories at December 31,
Equity securities		10.4	%		11.5	%
Debt securities		83.1	%		81.0	%
Other		6.5	%		7.5	%
Total		100	%		100	%
Components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:
Service cost	$	2		$	2
Interest cost on projected benefit obligations		94			87
Expected return on plan assets		—			—
Amortization of prior service costs		—			—
Amortization of actuarial loss		—			—
Net periodic benefit costs	$	96		$	89
The weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, were
Discount rate		3.9	%		4.6	%
Expected return on plan assets		4	%		4	%
Rate of pension increases		2	%		1	%
Rate of compensation increase		N/A			N/A
The following discloses information about the Company’s defined benefit pension plan that had an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of December 31,
Projected benefit obligation	$	2,821		$	2,031
Accumulated benefit obligation	$	2,821		$	2,031
Fair value of plan assets	$	1,790		$	1,630

F-33

 As of December 31, 2013, the following benefit payments are expected to be paid as follows:

2014	$	—
2015	$	18
2016	$	19
2017	$	101
2018	$	103
2019 — 2023	$	630

 The Company made contributions to the plan of approximately $43,000 and $42,000 during years 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 The investment objectives for the plan are the preservation of capital, current income and long-term growth of capital. The Company’s pension assets are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy, as defined under ASC 820, because they are valued using market prices. The pension assets are primarily comprised of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts. All plan assets are managed in a policyholder pool in Germany by outside investment managers. The measurement date used to determine the benefit information of the plan was January 1, 2014.

17.    ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

 Accumulated other comprehensive income is the combination of the additional minimum liability related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plan, recognized pursuant to ASC 715-30, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans – Pension” and the accumulated gains or losses from foreign currency translation adjustments. The Company translates foreign currencies of its German, Canadian and Mexican subsidiaries into U.S. dollars using the period end exchange rate. Revenue and expenses were translated using the weighted-average exchange rates for the reporting period.  All items are shown net of tax.

 As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss were as follows:

($ in thousands)

	2013			2012
Additional minimum pension liability	$	(579	)	$	43
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(251	)		(182	)
Ending balance	$	(830	)	$	(139	)

18.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

 Between January 2014 and March 2014, holders of 3,090,000 warrants exercised such warrants for cash resulting in the issuance of 3,090,000 shares of common stock and cash proceeds to the Company of approximately $1,548,000.

 During January 2014, holders of 1,000 options exercised such options for cash resulting in the issuance of 1,000 shares of common stock and cash proceeds to the Company of approximately $1,000.

 In March 2014, the holder of the line of credit agreed to increase the borrowing facility to an aggregate total of $3,500,000 (the "Amendment"). Borrowings under the increased credit facility will bear interest at the same rate and are also due in March 2015. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Amendment, the Holder has the right to convert up to $2.5 million of the outstanding balance into shares of the Company's common stock for $0.95 per share. Any remaining outstanding balance will be convertible into shares of the Company's common stock for $2.25 per share. As consideration for the increase to the line of credit borrowing facility, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 177,778 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant expires on March 27, 2015 and has an exercise price of $2.25 per share.

F-34

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT VALUATION FIRM

As independent valuation consultants, Vantage Point Advisors, Inc. hereby consents to the use of the name Vantage Point Advisors, Inc. and to references to our report entitled "Valuation Analysis of ImageWare Systems, Inc." prepared for ImageWare Systems, Inc., or information contained therein, for inclusion in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of ImageWare Systems, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2013.

/s/ Vantage Point Advisors, Inc.

Vantage Point Advisors, Inc.

San Diego, California

March 17, 2014

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

As independent registered public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-180809 on Form S-8 of our report dated March 17, 2014, relating to the financial statements of ImageWare Systems, Inc. as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

/s/ Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.

San Diego, California

March 17, 2014

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

I, S. James Miller, Jr., Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ImageWare Systems, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluations: and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
	a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 17, 2014	ImageWare Systems, Inc. By: /s/ S. James Miller, Jr.
	S. James Miller, Jr.
	Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

I, Wayne Wetherell, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ImageWare Systems, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluations: and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 17, 2014	ImageWare Systems, Inc. By: /s/ Wayne Wetherell
	Wayne Wetherell
	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION

S. James Miller, Chief Executive Officer of ImageWare Systems, Inc. (the “Company”), and Wayne Wetherell, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies pursuant to the requirement set forth in Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) that, to the best of his knowledge:

1. The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2013 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

2. The information contained in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2013 fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company at the end of the year covered by the Annual Report and the results of operations of the Company for the period covered by the Annual Report.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have set their hands hereto as of the 17th day of March, 2014.

/s/ S. James Miller

S. James Miller

Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Wayne Wetherell

Wayne Wetherell

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to ImageWare Systems, Inc. and will be retained by ImageWare Systems, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

XML

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013
Description Of Business And Operations Details Narrative
US DVA Contract award amount	$ 2,200
Product revenue under US DVA contract	1,500
Maintenance related services revenues from US DVA contract	692
Common stock issued	6,132,779
Net proceeds from exercise of warrants	3,291
Unsecured line of credit available borrowing	2,500
Credit line interest	8.00%
Credit line dividend rate per share	$ 0.95
Warrant issued to holder of unsecured line of credit, shares	1,052,632
Warrant price per share	$ 0.95
Increased borrowing facility amount	$ 3,500
Warrant issued in consideration for credit increase, shares	177,778
Increase warrant price per share	$ 2.25

XML

NOTES PAYABLE AND LINE OF CREDIT (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Notes Payable And Line Of Credit Details
Face Value of Convertible promissory notes	$ 55	$ 65
Discount on notes	$ 0	$ 0
Total notes payable to related parties	$ 55	$ 65
Total notes payable	55	65
Less current portion	(55)	(65)
Long-term notes payable

XML

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Amortization expense	$ 28	$ 22
Carrying amount of acquired trademarks and trade names	31	47
Accumulated amortization	316	300
Purchaser warrant shares, Vocel	150,000
Purchaser warrant exercisable share price	$ 0.88
gross revenue payable to Vocel, percentage	7.50%
Aggregate fair value of the consideration issued	159
Weighted-average remaining life of acquired patents	136
Trademarks And Trade Names [Member]
Amortization expense	16	16
Patents [Member]
Amortization expense	12	6
Aggregate fair value of the consideration issued	$ 159

XML

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Details Narrative) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Stock-Based Compensation Details Narrative
Shares reserved for issuance under the 1999 Plan	2,159,442
Options outstanding	3,786,000	3,031,221	1,707,713
Option exercisable	2,309,865
Additional options vested	1,473,546
Weighted average exercise price	$ 0.94	$ 0.82	$ 0.76
Expected term	6 years 6 months
Weighted average exercise price	$ 0.80
Intrinsic value	$ 1,139,000	$ 1,138,846
Weighted average remaining contractual life	8 years 10 months 24 days
Option exercised	35,310	24,924
Proceeds from option exercised	11,000	7,000
Intrinsic value of option exercised during period	59,000	14,000
Intrinsic value of option exercisable	2,648,000	389,000
Total remaining unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options		1,019,000
Weighted-average remaining requisite service period		2 years 2 months 12 days
Shares outstanding and unexercisable		1,473,546
Shares vested	951,610	440,566
Weighted average grand date fair value	$ 0.75	$ 0.86
Shares forfeited or expired	30,000
Shares vested and exercisable	17,504
weighted-average grant-date fair value	$ 0.88
weighted-average grant-date fair value of option exercisable	$ 0.67
Weighted average grant date fair value per share of options granted to employees	$ 0.97	$ 0.71
Unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options	1,019,000
Weighted-average remaining requisite service period	2 years 2 months 12 days
Stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock grants	0	39,000
Restricted stock issued to management and Board	847,258
Options cancelled held by management and Board	1,412,096
Stock based compensation related to restricted stock grants		$ 37,000
Performance units	880,000
Options to purchase stock exchanged for Performance Units	435,000

XML

NOTES PAYABLE AND LINE OF CREDIT (Details Narratives) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Interest rate, credit facility	8.00%
Common stock issued	87,555,317	76,646,553
Convertible Notes Payable [Member]
Principal amount	$ 110
Interest rate	7.00%
Due date	Feb. 14, 2009
Conversion price	$ 0.55
Warrant exercise price	$ 0.50
Debt discount fair value	13
Warrants issued to note holders	149,996
Common stock issued	111,783
Fair value warrants risk free interest rate	2.53%
Fair value warrant dividend yield	0.00%
Volatility	96.00%
Additional debt discount Beneficial conversion feature	12
Warrants issued in consideration for waiver and note extension	150,000
Additional warrants due date	2014-08-25T00:00:00
Warrants exercised on cashless basis	13,636
Common stock issued on cashless basis	9,969
Repayment of note principal	45
Increased credit facility amount	3,500
Warrant issued for consideration for increase in credit facility	177,778
Additional warrant exercise price per share	$ 2.25
Line Of Credit [Member]
Borrowing capacity	2,500
Interest rate, credit facility	8.00%
Warrant exercise price	$ 0.95
Common stock issued	1,052,632
Deferred financing fee amortization	217,000
Conversion Low [Member]
Additional debt discount Beneficial conversion feature	0
Conversion High [Member]
Additional debt discount Beneficial conversion feature	$ 474

XML

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Notes to Financial Statements
Balance of intangible assets as of December 31, 2011	$ 200	$ 63
Intangible assets acquired		159
Amortization	(28)	(22)
Impairment losses
Balance of intangible assets as of December 31, 2012	$ 172	$ 200

XML

INCOME TAXES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Income Taxes Tables

Income tax provision

($ in thousands)	Year Ended December 31,
	2013	2012
Current
Federal	$	$	—
State			—
Foreign			22
Deferred
Federal			—
State			—
Foreign			—
	$	$	22

Deferred tax assets

($ in thousands)	2013	2012
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	$	11,554
Intangible assets			653
Stock based compensation			1,089
Reserves and accrued expenses			6
Other			(140	)
			13,162
Less valuation allowance			(13,162	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	$	—

Reconciliation of federal statutory income tax rate to our effective income tax rate

	2013	2012
Amounts computed at statutory rates	$	$	(3,465	)
State income tax, net of federal benefit			(81
Expiration of net operating loss carryforwards			473
Non-deductible interest			1,602
Foreign taxes			473
Other			4	)
Net change in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets			1,016	)
	$	$	22	)

XML

PENSION PLAN (Details 1) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2013
Notes to Financial Statements
2014
2015	18
2016	19
2017	101
2018	103
2019-2023	$ 630

XML

INCOME TAXES (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Current
Federal
State
Foreign	8	22
Deferred
Federal
State
Foreign
Total	$ 8	$ 22

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013
Subsequent Events Details Narrative
Warrants exercised for cash	$ 3,090
Common stock issued	3,090
Cash proceeds from exchange of warrants	1,548
Options exercised for cash	1
Common stock issued in exchange for options	1
Cash proceeds from exchange of options	1
Borrowing facility amount	$ 3,500
Warrant issued in consideration for increase of borrowing facility	177,778
Warrant exercise price per share	$ 2.25

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Employee Benefit Plan Details Narrative
Discretionary contribution to employee benefit plan, 2012 year		$ 87
Discretionary contribution to EBP, 2013 year	107
Paid contribution	$ 79

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 18 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 During January and February 2014, holders of 3,090,000 warrants exercised such warrants for cash resulting in the issuance of 3,090,000 shares of common stock and cash proceeds to the Company of approximately $1,548,000.

 During January 2014, holders of 1,000 options exercised such options for cash resulting in the issuance of 1,000 shares of common stock and cash proceeds to the Company of approximately $1,000.

 In March 2014, the holder of the line of credit agreed to increase the borrowing facility to an aggregate total of $3,500,000. Borrowings under the increased credit facility will bear interest at the same rate and are also due in March 2015. As consideration for the increase to the line of credit borrowing facility, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 177,778 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant has a term of one year from the date of issuance and an exercise price of $2.25 per share.

XML

INVENTORY (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Inventory Details Narrative
Inventory	$ 505	$ 262
Work in process	499	254
Finished goods	6	8
Reserves for obsolete and slow-moving items	$ 3	$ 3

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Details Narrative) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies Details Narrative
Cash placed with high quality financial institutions	$ 250,000	$ 250,000
Accounts receivable	3,000	3,000
Customer accounted for revenue percentage	42.00%	15.00%
Customer accounted for revenue	2,211,000	611,000
Trade receivables	0	0
Stock based compensation expense related to equity	575,000	571,000
Shares of restricted stock issued to members of management and Board	847,258
Cancelled options held by members of management and Board	1,412,096
Compensation expense	0	37,000
Volatility rate	78.00%	103.00%
Expected term	5 years 10 months 24 days	5 years 10 months 24 days
Interest rate	2.60%	2.60%
Foreign currency translation adjustment	(69,000)	(75,000)
Advertising expense	$ 12,000	$ 12,000

XML

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Note 8 - FAIR VALUE ACCOUNTING
Additional minimum pension liability	$ (579)	$ 43
Foreign currency translation adjustment	(251)	(182)
Ending Balance	$ (830)	$ (139)

XML

PENSION PLAN (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Pension Plan Tables

Actuarial present value of the benefit obligations

($ in thousands)	2013			2012
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	2,031		$	1,846
Service cost		2			2
Interest cost		94			87
Actuarial (gain) loss		577			(7	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		117			103
Effect of curtailment		—			—
Benefits paid		—			—
Benefit obligation at end of year		2,821			2,031
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year		1,630			1,455
Actual return of plan assets		41			36
Company contributions		43			42
Benefits paid		—			—
Effect of exchange rate changes		76			97
Fair value of plan assets at end of year		1,790			1,630
Funded status		(1,031	)		(401	)
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)		922			317
Unrecognized prior service (benefit) cost		—			—
Additional minimum liability		(922	)		(317	)
Unrecognized transition (asset) liability		—			—
Net amount recognized	$	(1,031	)	$	(401	)
Plan Assets
Pension plan assets were comprised of the following asset categories at December 31,
Equity securities		10.4	%		11.5	%
Debt securities		83.1	%		81.0	%
Other		6.5	%		7.5	%
Total		100	%		100	%
Components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:
Service cost	$	2		$	2
Interest cost on projected benefit obligations		94			87
Expected return on plan assets		—			—
Amortization of prior service costs		—			—
Amortization of actuarial loss		—			—
Net periodic benefit costs	$	96		$	89
The weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, were
Discount rate		3.9	%		4.6	%
Expected return on plan assets		4	%		4	%
Rate of pension increases		2%			1%
Rate of compensation increase		N/A			N/A
The following discloses information about the Company’s defined benefit pension plan that had an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of December 31,
Projected benefit obligation	$	2,821		$	2,031
Accumulated benefit obligation	$	2,821		$	2,031
Fair value of plan assets	$	1,790		$	1,630

Benefit payments

2014	$	—
2015	$	18
2016	$	19
2017	$	101
2018	$	103
2019 — 2023	$	630

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Property And Equipment Details Narrative
Depreciation expense	$ 97	$ 47

XML

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Stock-Based Compensation Details
Begining Balance	3,031,221	1,707,713
Granted, Options	817,500	1,437,500
Expired/Cancelled	(30,000)	(89,068)
Exercised, Options	(35,310)	(24,924)
Ending Balance	3,786,000	3,031,221
Begining Balance, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 0.82	$ 0.76
Granted, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 1.39	$ 0.89
Expired/Cancelled, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 0.74	$ 0.92
Exercised, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 0.31	$ 0.29
Ending Balance, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 0.94	$ 0.82
Begining Balance,Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term	7 years 10 months 24 days	7 years 7 months 6 days
Ending Balance,Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term	7 years 4 months 24 days	7 years 10 months 24 days

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013
Notes to Financial Statements
2014	$ 399
2015	382
2016	233
2107	190
2018 and thereafter
Total	$ 1,204

XML

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL (Details 1) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Notes to Financial Statements
2014	$ 28
2015	27
2016	12
2017	12
2018	12
Thereafter	81
Totals	$ 172	$ 200

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 Principles of Consolidation

 The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

 Operating Cycle

 Assets and liabilities related to long-term contracts are included in current assets and current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, although they will be liquidated in the normal course of contract completion which may take more than one operating cycle.

 Use of Estimates

 The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Significant estimates include the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, inventory carrying values, deferred tax asset valuation allowances, accounting for loss contingencies, recoverability of goodwill and acquired intangible assets and amortization periods, assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model to calculate the fair value of share based payments, assumptions used in the application of fair value methodologies to calculate the fair value of derivative liabilities, revenue and cost of revenues recognized under the percentage of completion method and assumptions used in the application of fair value methodologies to calculate the fair value of pension assets and obligations. Actual results could differ from estimates.

 Cash and Cash Equivalents

 The Company defines cash equivalents as highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than 90 days that are not held for sale in the ordinary course of business.

 Accounts Receivable

 In the normal course of business, the Company extends credit without collateral requirements to its customers that satisfy pre-defined credit criteria. Accounts receivable are recorded net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable are considered delinquent when the due date on the invoice has passed. The Company records its allowance for doubtful accounts based upon its assessment of various factors. The Company considers historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances, the credit quality of its customers, current economic conditions and other factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay to determine the level of allowance required.  Accounts receivable are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when all collection efforts by the Company have been unsuccessful. 

 Inventories

 Finished goods inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined using the average cost method, or market.  See note 6.

 Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

 Property and equipment, consisting of furniture and equipment, are stated at cost and are being depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which generally range from three to five years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Major renewals or improvements are capitalized. When assets are sold or abandoned, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is recognized. Expenditures for leasehold improvements are capitalized. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements.

 Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 For certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, deferred revenues and notes payable to related parties, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

 Derivative Financial Instruments

 The Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow, market or foreign currency risks.

 The Company reviews the terms of the common and preferred stock, warrants and convertible debt it issues to determine whether there are embedded derivative instruments, including embedded conversion options, which are required to be bifurcated and accounted for separately as derivative financial instruments. In circumstances where the host instrument contains more than one embedded derivative instrument, including the conversion option, that is required to be bifurcated, the bifurcated derivative instruments are accounted for as a single, compound derivative instrument.

 Bifurcated embedded derivatives are initially recorded at fair value and are then revalued at each reporting date with changes in the fair value reported as non-operating income or expense. When the equity or convertible debt instruments contain embedded derivative instruments that are to be bifurcated and accounted for as liabilities, the total proceeds received are first allocated to the fair value of all the bifurcated derivative instruments. The remaining proceeds, if any, are then allocated to the host instruments themselves, usually resulting in those instruments being recorded at a discount from their face value.

 The discount from the face value of the convertible debt, together with the stated interest on the instrument, is amortized over the life of the instrument through periodic charges to interest expense, using the effective interest method.

 Revenue Recognition

 The Company recognizes revenue from the following major revenue sources:

● Long-term fixed-price contracts involving significant customization  

● Fixed-price contracts involving minimal customization  

● Software licensing  

● Sales of computer hardware and identification media  

● Postcontract customer support (“PCS”)

 The Company’s revenue recognition policies are consistent with U.S. GAAP including the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 985-605, “Software Revenue Recognition”, ASC 605-35 “Revenue Recognition, Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts”, “Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin 104”, and ASC 605-25 “Revenue Recognition, Multiple Element Arrangements”. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

 The Company recognizes revenue and profit as work progresses on long-term, fixed-price contracts involving significant amount of hardware and software customization using the percentage of completion method based on costs incurred to date compared to total estimated costs at completion. The primary components of costs incurred are third party software and direct labor cost including fringe benefits. Revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed are classified as current assets under “Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts”. Amounts billed to customers in excess of revenues recognized are classified as current liabilities under “Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts”. Revenue from contracts for which the Company cannot reliably estimate total costs or there are not significant amounts of customization are recognized upon completion. The Company also generates non-recurring revenue from the licensing of its software. Software license revenue is recognized upon the execution of a license agreement, upon deliverance, when fees are fixed and determinable, when collectability is probable and when all other significant obligations have been fulfilled. The Company also generates revenue from the sale of computer hardware and identification media. Revenue for these items is recognized upon delivery of these products to the customer. The Company’s revenue from periodic maintenance agreements is generally recognized ratably over the respective maintenance periods provided no significant obligations remain and collectability of the related receivable is probable. Pricing of maintenance contracts is consistent period to period and calculated as a percentage of the software or hardware revenue.  Amounts collected in advance for maintenance services are included in current liabilities under "Deferred revenue". Sales tax collected from customers is excluded from revenue.

 Goodwill

 The Company accounts for its intangible assets under the provisions of ASC 350, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other”. In accordance with ASC 350, intangible assets with a definite life are analyzed for impairment under ASC 360-10-05 “Property, Plant and Equipment” and intangible assets with an indefinite life are analyzed for impairment under ASC 360 annually, or more often if circumstances dictate. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of each year, or if required, at the end of each fiscal quarter.  In accordance with ASC 350, goodwill, or the excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired is tested for impairment using a fair value approach at the “reporting unit” level. A reporting unit is the operating segment, or a business one level below that operating segment (referred to as a component) if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at the component level. The Company’s reporting unit is at the entity level. The Company recognizes an impairment charge for any amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its fair value. The Company uses fair value methodologies to establish fair values.

 The Company did not record any goodwill impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.

 Intangible and Long Lived Assets

 Intangible assets are carried at their cost less any accumulated amortization.  Any costs incurred to renew or extend the life of an intangible or long lived asset are reviewed for capitalization.  The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their net book value may not be recoverable. When such factors and circumstances exist, the Company compares the projected undiscounted future cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their estimated useful lives against their respective carrying amount. Impairment, if any, is based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value, based on market value when available, or discounted expected cash flows, of those assets and is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The Company’s management currently believes there is no impairment of its long-lived assets. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for the Company’s products under development will continue. Either of these could result in future impairment of long-lived assets.

 Concentration of Credit Risk

 Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and trade accounts receivable. The Company places its cash with high quality financial institutions and at times during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 exceeded the FDIC insurance limits of $250,000 for 2013 and 2012. Sales are typically made on credit and the Company generally does not require collateral. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company considers historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances, the credit quality of its customers, current economic conditions and other factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay to determine the level of allowance required. Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of approximately $3,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 For the year ended December 31, 2013 one customer accounted for approximately 42% or $2,211,000 of total revenues and had trade receivables of $0 as of the end of the year.  For the year ended December 31, 2012 one customer accounted for approximately 15% or $611,000 of total revenues and had trade receivables of $0 as of the end of the year.

 Stock-Based Compensation

 At December 31, 2013, the Company had two stock-based compensation plans for employees and nonemployee directors, which authorize the granting of various equity-based incentives including stock options and restricted stock.

 The Company estimates the fair value of its stock options using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, consistent with the provisions of ASC 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation”. The fair value of stock options granted is recognized to expense over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards is recognized using the straight-line single-option method. Stock-based compensation expense is reported in operating expenses based upon the departments to which substantially all of the associated employees report and credited to additional paid-in-capital. Stock-based compensation expense related to equity options was approximately $575,000 and $571,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In January 2010, the Company issued 847,258 shares of restricted stock to members of management and the Board. These shares vested quarterly over a three-year period. The restricted shares were issued as compensation for the cancellation of 1,412,096 options held by members of management and the Board. The Company evaluated the exchange in accordance with ASC 718 and determined there was no incremental cost to be recorded in conjunction with the exchange as the fair value of the options surrendered at the modification date exceeded the fair value of the restricted shares issued at the modification date.  The Company recorded approximately $0 and $37,000 in compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to these restricted shares.

 ASC 718 requires the use of a valuation model to calculate the fair value of stock-based awards. The Company has elected to use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates various assumptions including volatility, expected life, and interest rates. The Company is required to make various assumptions in the application of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company has determined that the best measure of expected volatility is based on the historical weekly volatility of the Company’s common stock. Historical volatility factors utilized in the Company’s Black-Scholes computations for options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 ranged from 78% to 103%. The Company has elected to estimate the expected life of an award based upon the SEC approved “simplified method” noted under the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110. The expected term used by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 5.9 years. The difference between the actual historical expected life and the simplified method was immaterial. The interest rate used is the risk free interest rate and is based upon U.S. Treasury rates appropriate for the expected term. Interest rates used in the Company’s Black-Scholes calculations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 averaged 2.6%. Dividend yield is zero as the Company does not expect to declare any dividends on the Company’s common shares in the foreseeable future.

 In addition to the key assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model, the estimated forfeiture rate at the time of valuation is a critical assumption. The Company has estimated an annualized forfeiture rate of approximately 0% for corporate officers, 4.1% for members of the Board of Directors and 6.0% for all other employees. The Company reviews the expected forfeiture rate annually to determine if that percent is still reasonable based on historical experience.

 Income Taxes

 Current income tax expense or benefit is the amount of income taxes expected to be payable or refundable for the current year. A deferred income tax asset or liability is computed for the expected future impact of differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax credits and loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 Foreign Currency Translation

 The financial position and results of operations of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured using the foreign subsidiary’s local currency as the functional currency. Revenues and expenses of such subsidiaries have been translated into U.S. dollars at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Assets and liabilities have been translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date. The resulting translation gain and loss adjustments are recorded directly as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, unless there is a sale or complete liquidation of the underlying foreign investments. The Company translates foreign currencies of its German, Canadian and Mexican subsidiaries. The cumulative translation adjustment, which is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, decreased approximately $69,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and decreased approximately $75,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 Comprehensive Income

 Comprehensive income consists of net gains and losses affecting shareholders’ equity that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are excluded from net loss. For the Company, the only items are the cumulative translation adjustment and the additional minimum liability related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plan, recognized pursuant to ASC 715-30, "Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans – Pension".

 Advertising Costs

 The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The Company incurred approximately $12,000 in advertising expenses during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 Loss Per Share

 Basic loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss available to common shareholders for the period by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss available to common shareholders for the period by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, adjusted to include, if dilutive, potential dilutive shares consisting of convertible preferred stock, convertible notes payable, stock options and warrants, calculated using the treasury stock and if-converted methods.  For diluted loss per share calculation purposes, the net loss available to commons shareholders is adjusted to add back any preferred stock dividends and any interest on convertible debt reflected in the consolidated statement of operations for the respective periods.

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Numerator for basic and diluted loss per share:
Net loss	$	(9,849	)	$	(10,190	)
Preferred dividends		(51	)		(51	)
Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(9,900	)	$	(10,241	)
Denominator for basic loss per share — weighted-average shares outstanding		81,231,962			70,894,916
Effect of dilutive securities		—			—
Denominator for diluted loss per share — weighted-average shares outstanding		81,231,962			70,894,916
Basic and diluted loss per share:
Net loss	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.14	)
Preferred dividends		(—	)		(—	)
Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.14	)

 The Company has excluded the following weighted-average securities from the calculation of diluted loss per share, as their effect would have been antidilutive:

Potential Dilutive Securities:	Common Share Equivalents at December 31, 2013		Common Share Equivalents at December 31, 2012
Convertible notes payable		101,185		100,018
Convertible preferred stock – Series B		46,139		47,880
Stock options		1,782,221		1,135,077
Restricted stock grants		80,932		324,863
Warrants		8,455,124		24,996,737
Total Potential Dilutive Securities		10,465,601		26,604,575

 Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”), or other standard setting bodies, which are adopted by us as of the specified effective date.  Unless otherwise discussed, the Company’s management believes the impact of recently issued standards not yet effective will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

 FASB ASU 2012-02.  In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment. This new accounting standard allows companies to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets is necessary. Under the guidance in ASU 2012-02, an entity has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test. An entity will be able to resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

FASB ASU 2013-05. In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-05, Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). ASU 2013-05 requires that when a reporting entity (parent) ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity, the parent is required to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. The provisions of ASU 2013-05 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. When adopted, ASU 2013-05 is not expected to materially impact our consolidated financial statements.

FASB ASU 2013-11. In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. This guidance requires netting unrecognized tax benefits against deferred tax assets for a loss or other carryforward that would apply in settlement of uncertain tax positions. This guidance will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. We do not believe that adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Details Narratives) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Related Party Details Narratives
Rent expense	$ 418	$ 521
Future minimum rent payments 2014	399
Future min rent payments 2015	382
Future min rent payments 2016	233
Future min rent payments 2017	190
Future minimum rent payments 2013 - Oregon	141
Future min rent payments 2014 - Oregon	146
Future min rent payments 2015 - Oregon	$ 124

XML

FAIR VALUE ACCOUNTING (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Pension assets	$ 1,790	$ 1,630
Totals	1,790	1,630
Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	57	2,244
Totals	57	2,244
Level 1
Pension assets	1,790	1,630
Totals	1,790	1,630
Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities
Totals
Level 2
Pension assets
Totals
Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities
Totals
Level 3
Pension assets
Totals
Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	57	2,244
Totals	$ 57	$ 2,244

XML

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Intangible Assets And Goodwill Tables

Intangible Assets

($ in thousands)	Total
Balance of intangible assets as of December 31, 2011	$	63
Intangible assets acquired		159
Amortization		(22	)
Impairment losses		—
Balance of intangible assets as of December 31, 2012	$	200
Intangible assets acquired		—
Amortization		(28	)
Impairment losses		—
Balance of intangible assets as of December 31, 2013	$	172

Intangible amortization expense

The estimated acquired intangible amortization expense for the next five fiscal years is as follows:

Fiscal Year Ended December 31,	Estimated Amortization Expense ($ in thousands)
2014	$	28
2015		27
2016		12
2017		12
2018		12
Thereafter		81
Totals	$	172

XML

FAIR VALUE ACCOUNTING (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Fair Value Accounting Tables

Fair value measurement of Assets and liability

	Fair Value at December 31, 2013
($ in thousands)	Total			Level 1			Level 2			Level 3
Assets:
Pension assets		$	1,790		$	1,790		$	—		$	—
Totals		$	1,790		$	1,790		$	—		$	—
Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities		$	57		$	—		$	—		$	57
Totals		$	57		$	—		$	—		$	57

	Fair Value at December 31, 2012
($ in thousands)	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Pension assets	$	1,630	$	1,630	$	—	$	—
Totals	$	1,630	$	1,630	$	—	$	—
Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	$	2,244	$	—	$	—	$	2,244
Totals	$	2,244	$	—	$	—	$	2,244

Reconciliation of liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

($ in thousands)	Derivative Liabilities
Balance December 31, 2011	$	11,824
Included in earnings		4,712
Settlements		(14,292	)
Issuances		—
Transfers in and /or out of Level 3		—
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	2,244
Included in earnings		4,776
Settlements		(6,963	)
Issuances		—
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3		—
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	57

XML

DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES (Details Narratives) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Derivative Liabilities Details Narratives
Outstanding warrants to purchase Common stock	$ 40	$ 5,211
Fair value of warrants	57	2,244
Warrants no longer qualify as derivative liabilities	3,492
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities	6,498
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	11
Common stock issued	156
Warrants qualifying as derivative liability treatment	4,864,989
Warrants exercised on a cashless basis	3,492
Fair market value of warrants, derivative liability	6,498
Warrants exercised for cash	3,090
Fair market value of common stock	357
Cash proceeds from warrants exercised for cash	78
Modified warrants	150,000
Reclassified derivative liabilities	$ 186

XML

FAIR VALUE ACCOUNTING (Details 1) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value Accounting Details 1
At beginning of period	$ 2,244	$ 11,824
Included in earnings	4,776	4,712
Settlements	(6,963)	(14,292)
Issuances
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
At end of period	$ 57	$ 2,244

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Property And Equipment Tables

Property and equipment

($ in thousands)	2013			2012
Equipment	$	700		$	950
Leasehold improvements		5			—
Furniture		103			75
		808			1,025
Less accumulated depreciation		(563	)		(875	)
	$	245		$	150

XML

ACCRUED EXPENSES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Condensed Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Loss

Accrued liabilities

($ in thousands)	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Compensated absences	$	241	$	248
Wages, payroll taxes and sales commissions		4		32
Customer deposits		38		60
Liquidated damages		200		200
Royalties		147		251
Pension and employee benefit plans		33		140
Income and sales taxes		142		125
Interest and dividends		52		87
Other		67		123
	$	924	$	1,266

XML

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS

 Overview

 ImageWare Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) is incorporated in the state of Delaware. The Company is a pioneer and leader in the emerging market for biometrically enabled software-based identity management solutions. Using those human characteristics that are unique to us all, the Company creates software that provides a highly reliable indication of a person’s identity. The Company’s “flagship” product is the patented IWS Biometric Engine®. The Company’s products are used to manage and issue secure credentials, including national IDs, passports, driver licenses and access control credentials. The Company’s products also provide law enforcement with integrated mug shot, fingerprint LiveScan and investigative capabilities. The Company also provides comprehensive authentication security software using biometrics to secure physical and logical access to facilities or computer networks or internet sites. Biometric technology is now an integral part of all markets the Company addresses and all of the products are integrated into the IWS Biometric Engine.

 Recent Developments

 Contracts

 In August 2013, the Company was awarded a $2.2 million contract by its largest customer, the U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs (the "VA"), to expand its personal identity verification ("PIV") credentialing capabilities across federal, state and local facilities. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company delivered software licenses during the third quarter of 2013 and recognized approximately $1.5 million in product revenue. Additionally, the Company will recognize maintenance related service revenues valued at approximately $692,000 from this customer ratably over the next year.

 Liquidity and Capital Resources

 For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 6,132,779 shares of its common stock and received net proceeds of approximately $3,291,000 from the exercise of warrants for cash.

 In March 2013, the Company entered into a new unsecured line of credit agreement with available borrowing of up to $2,500,000. The credit line was extended by an existing shareholder and member of our Board of Directors. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest of 8% per annum and are due in March 2015. At any time prior to the Maturity Date, the holder shall have the right to convert the outstanding balance owed into shares of the Company’s common stock by dividing the outstanding balance by $0.95. 

 Advances under the credit facility are made at the Company’s request. The line of credit shall terminate, and no further advances shall be made, upon the earlier of the Maturity Date or such date that the Company consummates a debt and/or equity financing resulting in net proceeds to the Company of at least $2,500,000. In the event of such financing, the outstanding balance under the terms of this note shall be due and payable upon demand.

 As additional consideration for the unsecured line of credit agreement, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 1,052,632 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant has a term of two years from the date of issuance and an exercise price of $0.95 per share.

 In March 2014, the holder of the line of credit agreed to increase the borrowing facility to an aggregate total of $3,500,000. Borrowings under the increased credit facility will bear interest at the same rate and are also due in March 2015. As consideration for the increase to the line of credit borrowing facility, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 177,778 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant has a term of one year from the date of issuance and an exercise price of $2.25 per share.

 Historically, our principal sources of cash have included customer payments from the sale of our products, proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock and proceeds from the issuance of debt. Our principal uses of cash have included cash used in operations, payments relating to purchases of property and equipment and repayments of borrowings. We expect that our principal uses of cash in the future will be for product development including customization of identity management products for enterprise and consumer applications, further development of intellectual property, development of Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) capabilities for existing products as well as general working capital and capital expenditure requirements. We expect that, as our revenues grow, our sales and marketing and research and development expenses will continue to grow, albeit at a slower rate and, as a result, we will need to generate significant net revenues to achieve and sustain income from operations.

 Management believes that the Company’s current cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months from the date of this filing and that we will have sufficient liquidity to fund our business and meet our contractual obligations over a period beyond the next 12 months.

XML

NOTES PAYABLE AND LINE OF CREDIT (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes Payable And Line Of Credit Tables

NOTES PAYABLE

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Notes payable to related parties:
7% convertible promissory notes. Face value of notes $55 and $65 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Discount on notes is $0 at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Notes were due January 2010.  In January 2013, the Company received an extension to June 30, 2014. Notes are callable at any time at option of holder.		55			65
Total notes payable to related parties		55			65
Total notes payable		55			65
Less current portion		(55	)		(65	)
Long-term notes payable	$	—		$	—

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Numerator for basic and diluted loss per share:
Net loss	$ (9,849)	$ (10,190)
Preferred dividends	(51)	(51)
Net loss available to common shareholders	(9,900)	(10,241)
Denominator for basic loss per share weighted-average shares outstanding	81,231,962	70,894,916
Effect of dilutive securities
Denominator for diluted loss per share weighted-average shares outstanding	81,231,962	70,894,915
Basic and diluted loss per share:
Net loss	$ (0.12)	$ (0.14)
Preferred dividends
Net loss available to common shareholders	$ (0.12)	$ (0.14)

XML

ACCRUED EXPENSES (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Notes to Financial Statements
Compensated absences	$ 241	$ 248
Wages, payroll taxes and sales commissions	4	32
Customer deposits	38	60
Liquidated damages	200	200
Royalties	147	251
Pension and employee benefit plans	33	140
Income and sales taxes	142	125
Interest and dividends	52	87
Other	67	123
Accrued liabilities	$ 924	$ 1,266

XML

PENSION PLAN (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$ 2,031
Service cost	2	2
Interest cost	94	87
Actuarial gain (loss)	577	(7)
Effect of exchange rate changes	117	103
Effect of curtailment
Benefits paid
Benefit obligation at end of year	28,221	2,031
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	1,630
Actual return of plan assets	41	36
Company contributions	43	42
Benefits paid
Effect of exchange rate changes	76	97
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	1,630	1,630
Funded status	(1,031)	(401)
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)	922	317
Unrecognized prior service (benefit) cost
Additional minimum liability	(922)	(317)
Unrecognized transition (asset) liability
Net amount recognized	(1,031)	(401)
Plan Assets
Equity securities	10.40%	11.50%
Debt securities	83.10%	81.00%
Other	6.50%	7.50%
Total	100.00%	100.00%
Components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:
Service cost	2	2
Interest cost on projected benefit obligations	94	87
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of prior service costs
Amortization of actuarial loss
Net periodic benefit costs	96	89
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, were
Discount rate	3.90%	4.60%
Expected return on plan assets	4.00%	4.00%
Rate of compensation increase	0.00%	0.00%
The following discloses information about the Companys defined benefit pension plan that had an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of December 31,
Projected benefit obligation	2,031	2,031
Accumulated benefit obligation	2,031	2,031
Fair value of plan assets	$ 1,790	$ 1,630

XML

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 2,363	$ 4,225
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012	302	328
Inventory, net	505	262
Other current assets	148	86
Total Current Assets	3,318	4,901
Property and equipment, net	245	150
Other assets	395	44
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization	172	200
Goodwill	3,416	3,416
Total Assets	7,546	8,711
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable	486	759
Deferred revenue	1,662	1,561
Accrued expenses	924	1,266
Derivative Liabilities	57
Notes payable to related parties	55	65
Total Current Liabilities	3,184	3,651
Derivative liabilities		2,244
Pension obligation	1,031	401
Other long-term liabilities		72
Total Liabilities	4,215	6,368
Shareholders' Equity:
Preferred stock, authorized 4,000,000 shares:
Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value; designated 750,000 shares, 389,400 shares issued, and 239,400 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively; liquidation preference $607 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012	2	2
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized; 87,555,317 and 76,646,553 shares issued at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and 87,548,613 and 76,639,849 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively	874	765
Additional paid in capital	131,652	120,182
Treasury stock, at cost 6,704 shares	(64)	(64)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(830)	(139)
Accumulated deficit	(128,303)	(118,403)
Total Shareholders' Equity	3,331	2,343
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity	$ 7,546	$ 8,711

XML

FAIR VALUE ACCOUNTING (Details Narratives) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value Accounting Details Narratives
Outstanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock	$ 40	$ 5,211
Fair values of Warrants which is recognised as non-current liability	$ 57

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Series B Convertible, Redeemable Preferred	Common Stock	Treasury Stock	Additional Paid-In Capital	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss	Accumulated Deficit	Total
Beginning, amount at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 2	$ 679	$ (64)	$ 101,720	$ (65)	$ (107,984)	$ (5,712)
Beginning, shares at Dec. 31, 2011	239,400	67,995,620	(6,704)
Issuance of common stock pursuant to warrant exercises, Shares		7,052,647
Issuance of common stock pursuant to warrant exercises, Amount		70		3,457			3,527
Issuance of common stock pursuant to cashless warrant exercises, Shares		1,573,362
Issuance of common stock pursuant to cashless warrant exercises, Amount		16		688			704
Issuance of common stock pursuant to option exercises, Shares		24,924
Issuance of common stock pursuant to option exercises, Amount				7			7
Warrants issued to consultants as compensation				27			27
Warrants issued as consideration for asset purchase				87			87
Reclassification of warrants previously classified as derivative liabilities				13,588			13,588
Stock-based compensation expense				608			608
Additional minimum pension liability					1		1
Foreign currency translation adjustment					(75)		(785)
Dividends on preferred stock						(229)	(229)
Net loss						(10,190)	(10,190)
Ending, amount at Dec. 31, 2012	2	765	(64)	120,182	(139)	(118,403)	2,343
Ending, shares at Dec. 31, 2012	239,400	76,646,553	(6,704)
Issuance of common stock pursuant to warrant exercises, Shares		6,132,779		120,182	(139)	(118,403)	2,343
Issuance of common stock pursuant to warrant exercises, Amount		61		3,509			3,570
Issuance of common stock pursuant to cashless warrant exercises, Shares		4,458,493
Issuance of common stock pursuant to cashless warrant exercises, Amount		45		7,033			7,033
Issuance of common stock pursuant to option exercises, Shares		35,310
Issuance of common stock pursuant to option exercises, Amount				11			11
Stock issued to consultants as compensation, shares		264,000
Stock issued to consultants as compensation, amount		3		38			41
Warrants issued to consultants as compensation				108			108
Conversion of related party notes payable to common stock, shares		18,182
Conversion of related party notes payable to common stock, amount		2		10			10
Reclassification of warrants previously classified as derivative liabilities				186			186
Stock-based compensation expense				575			575
Additional minimum pension liability					(622)		(622)
Foreign currency translation adjustment					(69)		(69)
Dividends on preferred stock						(51)	(51)
Net loss						(9,849)	(9,849)
Ending, amount at Dec. 31, 2013	$ 2	$ 874	$ (64)	$ (131,652)	$ (830)	$ (128,303)	$ 3,331
Ending, shares at Dec. 31, 2013	239,400	87,555,317	(6,704)				(9,849)

XML

INCOME TAXES (Details 2) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Notes to Financial Statements
Amounts computed at statutory rates	$ (3,349)	$ (3,465)
State income tax, net of federal benefit	(47)	(81)
Expiration of net operating loss carryforwards	75	473
Non-deductible interest	1,698	1,602
Foreign taxes	370	473
Other	4	4
Net change in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets	1,257	1,016
Reconciliation of the provision-benefit) for income taxes	$ 8	$ 22

XML

EQUITY (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Equity Tables

Summary of common stock activity

	Common Stock
Shares outstanding at December 31, 2011		67,988,916
Shares issued pursuant to warrants exercised for cash		7,052,647
Shares issued pursuant to cashless warrants exercised		1,573,362
Shares issued pursuant to option exercises		24,924
Shares outstanding at December 31, 2012		76,639,849
Shares issued pursuant to warrants exercised for cash		6,132,779
Shares issued pursuant to cashless warrants exercised		4,458,493
Conversion of related-party notes payable into common stock		18,182
Shares issued as compensation in lieu of cash		264,000
Shares issued pursuant to option exercises		35,310
Shares outstanding at December 31, 2013		87,548,613

Summary of warrant activity

	Warrants			Weighted-
				Average
				Exercise Price
Balance at December 31, 2011		28,453,760		$	0.52
Granted		305,000		$	0.92
Expired / Canceled		(12,000	)	$	0.50
Exercised		(9,958,275	)	$	0.50
Balance at December 31, 2012		18,788,485		$	0.56
Granted		1,232,632		$	1.01
Expired / Canceled		(688,749	)	$	1.49
Exercised		(12,733,952	)	$	0.52
Balance at December 31, 2013		6,598,416		$	0.63

Summary of stock option plans activity

Exercise Price		Number Outstanding	Weighted—Average  Remaining Life (Years)	Weighted—Average  Exercise Price
$	0.50	4,795,504	2.50	$	0.50
$	0.80	150,000	3.00	$	0.80
$	0.95	1,052,632	1.24	$	0.95
$	0.98	100,000	0.63	$	0.98
$	1.00	265,280	0.58	$	1.00
$	1.08	50,000	0.08	$	1.08
$	1.10	75,000	1.93	$	1.10
$	1.14	30,000	1.04	$	1.14
$	1.15	5,000	0.05	$	1.15
$	1.25	5,000	0.75	$	1.25
$	1.72	70,000	1.69	$	1.72
		6,598,416

XML

EQUITY (Details 2) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2013
Number Outstanding	6,598,416
0.5
Number Outstanding	4,795,504
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)	2.5
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 0.50
0.8
Number Outstanding	150,000
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)	3
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 0.8
0.95
Number Outstanding	1,052,632
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)	1.24
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 0.95
0.98
Number Outstanding	100,000
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)	0.63
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 0.98
1
Number Outstanding	265,280
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)	0.58
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 1.00
1.08
Number Outstanding	50,000
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)	0.08
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 1.08
1.10
Number Outstanding	75,000
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)	1.93
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 1.10
1.14
Number Outstanding	30,000
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)	1.04
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 1.14
1.15
Number Outstanding	5,000
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)	0.05
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 1.15
1.25
Number Outstanding	5,000
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)	0.75
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 1.25
0.54-0.74
Number Outstanding	70,000
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)	1.69
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 1.72

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 15 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

 During 1995, the Company adopted a defined contribution 401(k) retirement plan (the “Plan”). All U.S. based employees aged 21 years and older are eligible to become participants after the completion of 60 days employment. The Plan provides for annual contributions by the Company of 50% of employee contributions not to exceed 8% of employee compensation.  Effective April 1, 2009, the Plan was amended to provide for Company contributions on a discretionary basis. Participants may contribute up to 100% of the annual contribution limitations determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

 Employees are fully vested in their share of the Company’s contributions after the completion of five years of service. In 2012, the Company authorized a discretionary contribution of approximately $87,000 for the 2012 plan year.  Such contribution was paid in January, 2013. In 2013, the Company authorized contributions of approximately $107,000 for the 2013 plan year of which $79,000 were paid prior to December 31, 2013.

XML

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Stock-Based Compensation Tables

Stock option plans

	Options					Weighted-
				Weighted-		Average
				Average		Remaining
				Exercise		Contractual
				Price		Term (Years)
Balance at December 31, 2011		1,707,713		$	0.76		7.6
Granted		1,437,500		$	0.89		—
Expired/Cancelled		(89,068	)	$	0.92		—
Exercised		(24,924	)	$	0.29		—
Balance at December 31, 2012		3,031,221		$	0.82		7.9
Granted		817,500		$	1.39		—
Expired/Cancelled		(30,000	)	$	0.74		—
Exercised		(35,310	)	$	0.31		—
Balance at December 31, 2013		3,783,411		$	0.94		7.4

Stock options outstanding and exercisable

		Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Exercise Price				Weighted-
				Average		Weighted-				Weighted-
		Number		Remaining Life		Average		Number		Average
		Outstanding		(Years)		Exercise Price		Exercisable		Exercise Price
$	0.17–0.24		450,221		5.0	$	0.19		450,221	$	0.19
$	0.54-0.74		788,787		6.7	$	0.72		677,589	$	0.72
$	0.77-1.15		2,082,403		8.1	$	0.95		1,085,055	$	0.97
$	1.45-2.74		462,000		8.2	$	2.02		97,000	$	2.29
Total			3,783,411						2,309,865

Common stock reserved for future issuance

	Common Stock
Convertible preferred stock – Series B		46,029
Convertible notes payable		154,743
Stock options outstanding		3,783,411
Warrants outstanding		6,598,416
Restricted stock grants		—
Authorized for future grant under stock option plans		24,434
		10,607,033

XML

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 17 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 Accumulated other comprehensive income is the combination of the additional minimum liability related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plan, recognized pursuant to ASC 715-30, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans – Pension” and the accumulated gains or losses from foreign currency translation adjustments. The Company translates foreign currencies of its German, Canadian and Mexican subsidiaries into U.S. dollars using the period end exchange rate. Revenue and expenses were translated using the weighted-average exchange rates for the reporting period.  All items are shown net of tax.

 As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss were as follows:

($ in thousands)

	2013			2012
Additional minimum pension liability	$	(579	)	$	43
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(251	)		(182	)
Ending balance	$	(830	)	$	(139	)

XML

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Details 1) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Number Outstanding Options	3,786,000	3,031,221	1,707,713
Weighted Average Exercise Price Options	$ 0.94	$ 0.82	$ 0.76
Number Exercisable Options	2,309,865
0.17-0.24
Number Outstanding Options	450,221
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years) Options	5 years
Weighted Average Exercise Price Options	$ 0.19
Number Exercisable Options	450,221
Weighted-Average Exercise Price Options	$ 0.19
0.54-0.74
Number Outstanding Options	788,787
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years) Options	6 years 8 months 12 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price Options	$ 0.72
Number Exercisable Options	677,589
Weighted-Average Exercise Price Options	$ 0.72
0.77-1.15
Number Outstanding Options	2,082,403
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years) Options	8 years 1 month 6 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price Options	$ 0.95
Number Exercisable Options	1,085,055
Weighted-Average Exercise Price Options	$ 0.97
1.45-2.74
Number Outstanding Options	462,000
Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years) Options	8 years 2 months 12 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price Options	$ 2.02
Number Exercisable Options	97,000
Weighted-Average Exercise Price Options	$ 2.29

XML

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)	$ (9,849)	$ (10,190)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities
Depreciation and amortization	125	69
Amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs	217	15
Stock based compensation	616	608
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities	4,776	4,712
Reduction in accounts payable from expiration of statute of limitations	(440)	(336)
Warrants issued in lieu of cash as compensation for services	108	27
Change in assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable	26	20
Inventory	(243)	(217)
Other assets	(50)	(20)
Accounts payable	(130)	(8)
Accrued expenses	(116)	(737)
Deferred revenue	102	494
Pension obligation	7	10
Total adjustments	4,998	4,637
Net cash used in operating activities	(4,851)	(5,553)
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property and equipment	(193)	(181)
Net cash used in investing activities	(193)	(181)
Cash flows from financing activities
Repayment of notes payable		(45)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	11	7
Dividends paid	(51)	(229)
Proceeds from exercised stock purchase warrants	3,291	3,527
Net cash provided by financing activities	3,251	3,260
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(69)	(74)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(1,862)	(2,548)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	4,225	6,773
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	2,363	4,225
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes	1
Summary of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Conversion of related party notes payable into common stock	10
Warrants issued for intangible asset purchase		87
Contingent royalty payment		72
Acquisition of intangible assets with warrants		(159)
Issuance of common stock pursuant to cashless warrant exercises	45	704
Additional minimum pension liability	(622)
Reclassification of warrants previously classified as derivative liabilities to additional paid-in capital	6,684	13,588
Issuance of common warrants securing line of credit borrowing facility	580
Issuance of restricted stock pursuant to achievement of vesting conditions	$ 1

XML

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Current Assets:
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 3	$ 3
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock, shares authorized	4,000,000	4,000,000
Series B convertible preferred , Par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Series B convertible preferred, designated	750,000	750,000
Series B convertible preferred, shares issued	389,400	389,400
Series B convertible preferred, shares outstanding	239,400	239,400
Series B convertible preferred, liquidation preference	607	607
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	150,000,000	150,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	87,555,317	76,646,553
Common stock, shares outstanding	87,548,613	76,639,849
Treasury stock, shares	6,704	6,704

XML

DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 10 - DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES

The Company accounts for its derivative instruments under the provisions of ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity-Scope and Scope Exceptions”. Under the provisions of ASC 815, the anti-dilution and cash settlement provisions in certain warrants (collectively the “Derivative Liabilities”) qualify as derivative instruments.

 The Company is required to mark-to-market, at the end of each reporting period, the value of the Derivative Liabilities.  The Company revalues these Derivative Liabilities at the end of each reporting period by using available market information and commonly accepted valuation methodologies.  The periodic change in value of the Derivative Liabilities is recorded as either non-cash derivative income (if the value of the embedded derivative and warrants decrease) or as non-cash derivative expense (if the value of the embedded derivative and warrants increase).  Although the values of the embedded derivative and warrants are affected by interest rates, the remaining contractual conversion period and the Company’s stock volatility, the primary cause of the change in the values of the Derivative Liabilities will be the value of the Company’s common stock.  If the stock price goes up, the value of these derivatives will generally increase and if the stock price goes down the value of these derivatives will generally decrease.

 The Company uses a Monte-Carlo simulation methodology and the Black-Scholes valuation model in the determination of the fair value of the Derivative Liabilities.  The Monte-Carlo simulation methodology is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding the expected stock price volatility over the term of the Derivative Liabilities and assumptions regarding future financings. The Company utilized the services of an independent valuation firm, Vantage Point Advisors, Inc. to perform the Monte-Carlo simulations.

 The Black-Scholes valuation model is affected by the Company’s stock prices as well as assumptions regarding the expected stock price volatility of the term of the derivative liabilities in addition to interest rates and dividend yields.

 As of December 31, 2012, the Company had 5,211,229 outstanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock that qualified for derivative liability treatment.  The recorded fair market value of those warrants at December 31, 2012 was approximately $2,244,000, which is reflected as a non-current liability in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012.  

 As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 40,000 outstanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock that qualified for derivative liability treatment. The recorded fair market value of those warrants at December 31, 2013 was approximately $57,000, which is reflected as a current liability in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 4,864,989 warrants qualifying for derivative liability treatment were exercised on a cashless basis resulting in the issuance of 3,491,579 shares of common stock with an aggregate fair market value of approximately $6,498,000.  Also during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 156,240 warrants were exercised for cash, resulting in the issuance of 156,240 shares of common stock with an aggregate fair market value of approximately $357,000 offset by cash proceeds of approximately $78,000. In December 2013, the Company modified 150,000 warrants by removing the anti-dilution provisions such that these warrants no longer qualify as derivative liabilities.  The Company determined that there was no incremental cost to be recorded at the modification date. As a result of the agreements to amend the warrants and the warrants no longer qualifying for derivative liability treatment, the Company reclassified approximately $186,000 of derivative liabilities into a component of additional paid-in capital in the Company's consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Mar. 15, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Document And Entity Information
Entity Registrant Name	IMAGEWARE SYSTEMS INC
Entity Central Index Key	0000941685
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2013
Amendment Flag	false
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Is Entity a Well-known Seasoned Issuer?	No
Is Entity a Voluntary Filer?	No
Is Entity's Reporting Status Current?	No
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 11,234,312
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		89,344,613
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013

XML

INCOME TAXES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 11 - INCOME TAXES

 The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, (ASC 740). Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences related to temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax purposes at each year-end, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. A valuation allowance is established when necessary based on the weight of available evidence, if it is considered more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Income tax expense is the sum of current income tax plus the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities.  The Company has established a valuation allowance against its deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such asset.

 ASC 740 requires a company to first determine whether it is more-likely-than-not (defined as a likelihood of more than fifty percent) that a tax position will be sustained based on its technical merits as of the reporting date, assuming that taxing authorities will examine the position and have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets this more-likely-than-not threshold is then measured and recognized at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely to be realized upon effective settlement with a taxing authority.  The amount accrued for uncertain tax positions was zero at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 The Company’s uncertain position relative to unrecognized tax benefits and any potential increase in these liabilities relates primarily to the allocations of revenue and costs among the Company’s global operations and the impact of tax rulings made during the period affecting its tax positions. The Company’s existing tax position could result in liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The amount of interest and penalties accrued as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $12,000 and $4,000, respectively.

 Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Company’s uncertain tax positions and determining the Company’s provision for income taxes. No assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from that which is reflected in the Company’s historical income tax provisions and accruals. The Company adjusts these items in light of changing facts and circumstances. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.

 The significant components of the income tax provision are as follows:

($ in thousands)	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012
Current
Federal	$	—	$	—
State		—		—
Foreign		8		22
Deferred
Federal		—		—
State		—		—
Foreign		—		—
	$	8	$	22

 The principal components of the Company’s deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

($ in thousands)	2013			2012
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	12,703		$	11,554
Intangible and fixed assets		538			653
Stock based compensation		1,319			1,089
Reserves and accrued expenses		6			6
Other		(121	)		(140	)
		14,445			13,162
Less valuation allowance		(14,445	)		(13,162	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	—		$	—

 A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes to the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rates to loss before income taxes is as follows:

	2013			2012
Amounts computed at statutory rates	$	(3,349	)	$	(3,465	)
State income tax, net of federal benefit		(47	)		(81	)
Expiration of net operating loss carryforwards		75			473
Non-deductible interest and change in fair value of derivative liabilities		1,698			1,602
Foreign taxes		370			473
Other		4			4
Net change in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets		1,257			1,016
	$	8		$	22

 The Company has established a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such assets.

 At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, a portion of which may be available to offset future taxable income for tax purposes. The federal net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates from 2014 through 2032. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates from 2014 through 2022.

 The Internal Revenue Code (“the Code”) limits the availability of certain tax credits and net operating losses that arose prior to certain cumulative changes in a corporation’s ownership resulting in a change of control of the Company. The Company’s use of its net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards will be significantly limited because the Company believes it underwent “ownership changes”, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, in 1991, 1995, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2011 and 2012, though the Company has not performed a study to determine the limitation. The Company has reduced its deferred tax assets to zero relating to its federal and state research credits because of such limitations. The Company continues to disclose the tax effect of the net operating loss carryforwards at their original amount in the table above as the actual limitation has not yet been quantified. The Company has also established a full valuation allowance for substantially all deferred tax assets due to uncertainties surrounding its ability to generate future taxable income to realize these assets. Since substantially all deferred tax assets are fully reserved, future changes in tax benefits will not impact the effective tax rate. Management periodically evaluates the recoverability of the deferred tax assets. If it is determined at some time in the future that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will be realized, the valuation allowance would be reduced accordingly at that time.

 Tax returns for the years 2009 through 2013 are subject to examination by taxing authorities.

XML

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Revenues:
Product	$ 2,686	$ 1,145
Maintenance	2,618	2,806
Total	5,304	3,951
Cost of revenues:
Product	319	227
Maintenance	771	975
Gross profit	4,214	2,749
Operating expenses:
General and administrative	3,378	3,430
Sales and marketing	2,129	1,830
Research and development	3,869	3,180
Depreciation and amortization	125	69
Total	9,501	8,509
Loss from operations	(5,287)	(5,760)
Interest expense	221	18
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities	(4,776)	(4,712)
Other income, net	(443)	(322)
Loss before income taxes	(9,841)	(10,168)
Income tax (benefit) expense	8	22
Net loss	(9,849)	(10,190)
Preferred dividends	(51)	(51)
Net loss available to common shareholders	$ (9,900)	$ (10,241)
Basic and diluted loss per common share see Note 2:
Net loss	$ (0.12)	$ (0.14)
Preferred dividends
Basic and diluted loss per share available to common shareholders	$ (0.12)	$ (0.14)
Basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding	81,231,962	70,894,916

XML

RELATED PARTIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 5 - RELATED PARTIES

 As more fully described in Note 9, on November 14, 2008 the Company entered into a series of convertible promissory notes (the “Related-Party Convertible Notes”), aggregating $110,000 with certain officers and members of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Related-Party Convertible Notes bear interest at 7.0% per annum and were originally due February 14, 2009.

 In conjunction with the original issuance of the Related-Party Convertible Notes in 2008, the Company issued an aggregate of 149,996 warrants to the note holders to purchase shares of common stock of the Company. All such warrants were exercised, on a cashless basis, between October and November 2013.

 The Company did not repay the Related-Party Convertible Notes on the due date. In August 2009, the Company received from the Related-Party Convertible Note holders a waiver of default and extension to January 31, 2010 of the maturity date of the Related-Party Convertible Notes. As consideration for the waiver and note extension, the Company issued to the Related-Party Convertible Note holders an aggregate of 150,000 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrants have an exercise price of $0.50 per share and expire on August 25, 2014, of which warrants to purchase 136,364 shares of common stock were outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2013.

 On January 21, 2013, the holders of the Related-Party Convertible Notes agreed to extend the due date on their respective convertible notes to be due and payable not later than June 30, 2014, however, the Related-Party Convertible Notes will be callable at any time, at the option of the note holder, prior to June 30, 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2013, a Related Party Convertible Note holder elected to convert the principal amount of $10,000 of their respective Related Party Convertible Note into 18,182 shares of common stock. 

 During the year ended December 31, 2012 the Company entered into a series of professional service contracts with an entity that a member of the Company’s Board of Directors has an ownership interest in. The aggregate contract value was $370,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, and the Company paid the professional services firm approximately $0 and $188,000 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 In March 2013, the Company entered into a new unsecured line of credit agreement with available borrowing of up to $2,500,000. The credit line was extended by an existing shareholder and member of our Board of Directors. See Note 9. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest of 8% per annum and are due in March 2015. At any time prior to the Maturity Date, the holder shall have the right to convert the outstanding balance owed into shares of the Company’s common stock by dividing the outstanding balance by $0.95.

 As of December 31, 2013, no advances were made under the unsecured line of credit agreement.

XML

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 4 - INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

 The Company has intangible assets in the form of trademarks, trade names and patents. The carrying amount of the Company’s acquired trademarks and trade names were approximately $31,000 and $47,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which include accumulated amortization of $316,000 and $300,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization expense related to trademarks and tradenames was $16,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. All intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives with no estimated residual values. Any costs incurred by the Company to renew or extend the life of intangible assets will be evaluated under ASC No. 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, for proper treatment.

 In June 2012, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with Vocel, Inc., a Delaware corporation, whereby the Company purchased certain assets, consisting primarily of certain patents and trademarks. The Company evaluated this transaction under ASC No. 805, Business Combinations, and determined that this transaction constituted an asset purchase.

 As consideration for this asset purchase:

●       The Company issued to Vocel a warrant to purchase 150,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (“Purchaser Warrant”). The Purchaser Warrant is exercisable at $0.88 per share and vests 100% when the Company has derived $500,000 of gross revenue from the sale or license of the purchased intellectual property (“Warrant Vesting Date”). The Purchaser Warrant is exercisable for a period of three years from the Warrant Vesting Date; and

●   The Company agreed to pay Vocel a royalty of 7.5% of gross revenue received by the Company from any third party sale or license of the purchased intellectual property.

 The Company determined the aggregate fair value of the consideration issued to be approximately $159,000 and allocated this amount to the relative fair value of the assets acquired resulting in $159,000 being allocated to patents. The Company began amortization of the acquired patents in the third quarter of 2012 on a straight-line basis over their weighted-average remaining life of approximately 13.5 years. Amortization expense related to patents was $12,000 and $6,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 The following table presents the changes in the carrying amounts of the Company’s acquired intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. All intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives with no estimated residual values.

($ in thousands)	Total
Balance of intangible assets as of December 31, 2011	$	63
Intangible assets acquired		159
Amortization		(22	)
Impairment losses		—
Balance of intangible assets as of December 31, 2012	$	200
Intangible assets acquired		—
Amortization		(28	)
Impairment losses		—
Balance of intangible assets as of December 31, 2013	$	172

 The Company annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate a need, tests the carrying amount of goodwill for impairment. The Company performs its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of each year. A two-step impairment test is used to first identify potential goodwill impairment and then measure the amount of goodwill impairment loss, if any. The first step was conducted by determining and comparing the fair value, employing the market approach, of the Company’s reporting unit to the carrying value of the reporting unit. The Company continues to have only one reporting unit, Identity Management. Based on the results of this impairment test, the Company determined that its goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $28,000 and $22,000, respectively.

 The estimated acquired intangible amortization expense for the next five fiscal years is as follows:

Fiscal Year Ended December 31,	Estimated Amortization Expense ($ in thousands)
2014	$	28
2015		27
2016		12
2017		12
2018		12
Thereafter		81
Totals	$	172

XML

PENSION PLAN

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 16 - PENSION PLAN

 One of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries maintains a defined benefit pension plan that provides benefits based on length of service and final average earnings. The following table sets forth the benefit obligation, fair value of plan assets, and the funded status of the Company’s plan; amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements; and the assumptions used in determining the actuarial present value of the benefit obligations as of December 31:

($ in thousands)	2013			2012
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	2,031		$	1,846
Service cost		2			2
Interest cost		94			87
Actuarial (gain) loss		577			(7	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		117			103
Effect of curtailment		—			—
Benefits paid		—			—
Benefit obligation at end of year		2,821			2,031
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year		1,630			1,455
Actual return of plan assets		41			36
Company contributions		43			42
Benefits paid		—			—
Effect of exchange rate changes		76			97
Fair value of plan assets at end of year		1,790			1,630
Funded status		(1,031	)		(401	)
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)		922			317
Unrecognized prior service (benefit) cost		—			—
Additional minimum liability		(922	)		(317	)
Unrecognized transition (asset) liability		—			—
Net amount recognized	$	(1,031	)	$	(401	)
Plan Assets
Pension plan assets were comprised of the following asset categories at December 31,
Equity securities		10.4	%		11.5	%
Debt securities		83.1	%		81.0	%
Other		6.5	%		7.5	%
Total		100	%		100	%
Components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:
Service cost	$	2		$	2
Interest cost on projected benefit obligations		94			87
Expected return on plan assets		—			—
Amortization of prior service costs		—			—
Amortization of actuarial loss		—			—
Net periodic benefit costs	$	96		$	89
The weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, were
Discount rate		3.9	%		4.6	%
Expected return on plan assets		4	%		4	%
Rate of pension increases		2	%		1	%
Rate of compensation increase		N/A			N/A
The following discloses information about the Company’s defined benefit pension plan that had an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of December 31,
Projected benefit obligation	$	2,821		$	2,031
Accumulated benefit obligation	$	2,821		$	2,031
Fair value of plan assets	$	1,790		$	1,630

 As of December 31, 2013, the following benefit payments are expected to be paid as follows:

2014	$	—
2015	$	18
2016	$	19
2017	$	101
2018	$	103
2019 — 2023	$	630

 The Company made contributions to the plan of approximately $43,000 and $42,000 during years 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 The investment objectives for the plan are the preservation of capital, current income and long-term growth of capital. The Company’s pension assets are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy, as defined under ASC 820, because they are valued using market prices. The pension assets are primarily comprised of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts. All plan assets are managed in a policyholder pool in Germany by outside investment managers. The measurement date used to determine the benefit information of the plan was January 1, 2014.

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 12 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 Employment Agreements 

The Company has employment agreements with its Chief Executive Officer, Senior Vice President of Administration and Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technical Officer, and Vice President of Business Development. The Company may terminate the agreements with or without cause. Subject to the conditions and other limitations set forth in each respective employment agreement, each executive will be entitled to the following severance benefits if the Company terminates the executive’s employment without cause or in the event of an involuntary termination  (as defined in the employment agreements) by the Company or by the executive:

Under the terms of the agreement, the Chief Executive Officer will be entitled to the following severance benefits if we terminate his employment without cause or in the event of an involuntary termination: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to twenty-four months base salary; (ii) continuation of fringe benefits and medical insurance for a period of three years; and (iii) immediate vesting of 50% of outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards. In the event that the Chief Executive Officer’s employment is terminated within six months prior to or thirteen months following a change of control, the Chief Executive Officer is entitled to the severance benefits described above, except that 100% of the Chief Executive Officer’s outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards will immediately vest.

Under the terms of the employment agreements with our Senior Vice President of Administration and Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technical Officer, and Vice President of Business Development, these executives will be entitled to the following severance benefits if we terminate their employment without cause or in the event of an involuntary termination: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to six months of base salary; (ii) continuation of their fringe benefits and medical insurance for a period of six months; (iii) immediate vesting of 50% of their outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards. In the event that their employment is terminated within six months prior to or thirteen months following a change of control (defined below), they are entitled to the severance benefits described above, except that 100% of their outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards will immediately vest.

 Litigation

 On September 21, 2012, Blue Spike, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (“Blue Spike”), filed claims against the Company in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, alleging that the Company is impermissibly using Blue Spike’s patented technologies in certain Company products, including its Biometric Engine. To date, Blue Spike has filed similar suits asserting claims of patent infringement against over 100 companies since August 9, 2012. The defendants span a wide range of industries, from Internet search engines to chip manufacturers, digital rights management, video streaming and digital watermarking.  The Company has filed a motion to dismiss the complaint and a motion to transfer Blue Spike’s case against the Company to San Diego.  The Company’s motion to dismiss Blue Spike’s contributory and willful infringement allegations against the Company was granted by the Court.  The Company’s motion to transfer has not been ruled upon.  Currently pending are numerous other motions to dismiss and at least 12 motions filed by various other defendants to transfer the action to the Northern District of California, Central District of California, District of Massachusetts, Southern District of New York, and District of New Jersey.  None of the transfer motions has yet been ruled upon. Blue Spike is seeking to recover an unspecified amount of compensatory damages from the Company, and an injunction to enjoin the Company from further acts of alleged infringement.  The Company believes Blue Spike’s claim to be without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself. The Company is unable to estimate a possible range of loss at this time.

 Other than as specifically described above, we are currently not involved in any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.  Other than described above, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the executive officers of the Company or any of our subsidiaries, threatened against or affecting the Company, our common stock, any of our subsidiaries or of the Company’s or our subsidiaries’ officers or directors in their capacities as such, in which an adverse decision could have a material adverse effect.

 Leases

 In December 2010, we relocated our corporate headquarters to Rancho Bernardo Road in San Diego, California and entered into a three-year lease agreement. In August 2013, we entered into an amendment effective November 2013, whereby the Company consolidated its existing leases. The Company leased an additional 4,793 square feet of space in the same location while simultaneously vacating 2,560 square feet of space resulting in total rented square feet of 9,927. The lease term commenced on November 1, 2013 and ends on October 31, 2017.  Future minimum rent payments under the amended lease will be approximately  $210,000 in 2014, $216,000 in 2015, $222,000 in 2016 and $190,000 in 2017.

 In April 2012, we entered into a lease extension of our Portland, Oregon offices whereby we extended the lease term for a period of 36 months commencing November 1, 2012 until October 31, 2015.  Future minimum rent payments will be approximately $141,000 in 2013, $146,000 in 2014 and $124,000 in 2015.

 In addition to the corporate headquarters lease in San Diego, California, we also lease space in Ottawa, Province of Ontario, Canada; and Mexico City, Mexico. 

 At December 31, 2013, future minimum lease payments are as follows:

($ in thousands)
2014	$	399
2015	$	382
2016	$	233
2017	$	190
2018 and thereafter	$	—
	$	1,204

 Rental expense incurred under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $418,000 and $521,000, respectively.

XML

ACCRUED EXPENSES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 8 - ACCRUED EXPENSES

 Principal components of accrued expenses consist of:

($ in thousands)	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Compensated absences	$	241	$	248
Wages, payroll taxes and sales commissions		4		32
Customer deposits		38		60
Liquidated damages		200		200
Royalties		147		251
Pension and employee benefit plans		33		140
Income and sales taxes		142		125
Interest and dividends		52		87
Other		67		123
	$	924	$	1,266

XML

INCOME TAXES (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Income Taxes Details Narrative
Interest and penalties accrued	$ 12	$ 4

XML

INVENTORY

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 6 - INVENTORY

 Inventories of $505,000 as of December 31, 2013 were comprised of work in process of $499,000 representing direct labor costs on in-process projects and finished goods of $6,000 net of reserves for obsolete and slow-moving items of $3,000. Inventories of $262,000 as of December 31, 2012 were comprised of work in process of $254,000 representing direct labor costs on in-process projects and finished goods of $8,000 net of reserves for obsolete and slow-moving items of $3,000. Appropriate consideration is given to obsolescence, excessive levels, deterioration and other factors in evaluating net realizable value and required reserve levels.

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 7 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 Property and equipment at December 31, 2013 and 2012, consists of:

($ in thousands)	2013			2012
Equipment	$	700		$	950
Leasehold improvements		5			—
Furniture		103			75
		808			1,025
Less accumulated depreciation		(563	)		(875	)
	$	245		$	150

 Total depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $97,000 and $47,000, respectively.

XML

NOTES PAYABLE AND LINE OF CREDIT

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 9 - NOTES PAYABLE AND LINE OF CREDIT

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Notes payable to related parties:
7% convertible promissory notes. Face value of notes $55 and $65 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Discount on notes is $0 at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Notes were due January 2010.  In January 2013, the Company received an extension to June 30, 2014. Notes are callable at any time at option of holder.		55			65
Total notes payable to related parties		55			65
Total notes payable		55			65
Less current portion		(55	)		(65	)
Long-term notes payable	$	—		$	—

7% Convertible Promissory Notes to Related Parties

 On November 14, 2008, the Company entered into a series of convertible promissory notes (the "Related-Party Convertible Notes"), in the principal aggregate amount of $110,000, with certain officers and members of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Related-Party Convertible Notes bear interest at 7.0% per annum and were due February 14, 2009. The principal amount of the Related-Party Convertible Notes plus accrued but unpaid interest is convertible at the option of the holder into common stock of the Company. The number of shares into which the Related-Party Convertible Notes are convertible shall be calculated by dividing the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest by $0.55 (the “Conversion Price”).

 In conjunction with the issuance of the Related-Party Convertible Notes, the Company issued an aggregate of 149,996 warrants to the note holders to purchase common stock of the Company which were exercised in their entirety, on a cashless basis, between October and November 2013 resulting in the issuance of 111,783 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 The Company, in 2008, initially recorded the convertible notes net of a discount equal to the fair value allocated to the warrants of approximately $13,000. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions: term of 5 years, a risk free interest rate of 2.53%, a dividend yield of 0%, and volatility of 96%. The convertible notes also contained a beneficial conversion feature, resulting in an additional debt discount of $12,000. The beneficial conversion amount was measured using the accounting intrinsic value, i.e. the excess of the aggregate fair value of the common stock into which the debt is convertible over the proceeds allocated to the security. The Company has accreted the beneficial conversion feature over the life of the Related-Party Convertible Notes. 

 The Company did not repay the Related-Party Convertible Notes on the due date. In August 2009, the Company received from the Related-Party Convertible Note holders a waiver of default and extension of the Maturity Date to to January 31, 2010. As consideration for the waiver and note extension, the Company issued to the Related-Party Convertible Note holders warrants to purchase an aggregate of 150,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrants have an exercise price of $0.50 per share and expire on August 25, 2014. In December 2013, 13,636 warrants were exercised, on a cashless basis, resulting in the issuance of 9,969 shares of the Company’s common stock

 The Company did not repay the notes on January 31, 2010.  During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company repaid $45,000 in principal to certain holders of the Related-Party Convertible Notes. On January 21, 2013, the holders of the Related-Party Convertible Notes agreed to extend the due date on their respective convertible notes to be due and payable not later than June 30, 2014 however, the Related-Party Convertible Notes will be callable at any time, at the option of the note holder, prior to June 30, 2014.  In December 2013, a holder converted $10,000 of the Related-Party Convertible Notes into 18,182 shares of common stock of the Company.

Line of Credit

 In March 2013, the Company entered into a new unsecured line of credit agreement with available borrowing of up to $2.5 million. The credit line was extended by an existing shareholder and member of our Board of Directors. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest of 8% per annum and are due in March 2015. At any time prior to the Maturity Date, the holder shall have the right to convert the outstanding balance owed into shares of the Company’s common stock by dividing the outstanding balance by $0.95.

 Advances under the credit facility are made at the Company’s request. The line of credit shall terminate, and no further advances shall be made, upon the earlier of the Maturity Date or such date that the Company consummates a debt and/or equity financing resulting in net proceeds to the Company of at least $2.5 million. In the event of such financing, the outstanding balance under the terms of this note shall be due and payable upon demand.

 As additional consideration for the unsecured line of credit agreement, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 1,052,632 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant has a term of two years from the date of issuance and an exercise price of $0.95 per share.

 The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions: term of two years, a risk free interest rate of 2.58%, a dividend yield of 0%, and volatility of 79%. The Company recorded the fair value of the warrants as a deferred financing fee of approximately $580,000 to be amortized over the life of the line of credit agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded approximately $217,000 in deferred financing fee amortization expense.  Such expense is recorded as a component of interest expense in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the period ended December 31, 2013.

 The Company evaluated the line of credit agreement and determined that the instrument contains a contingent beneficial conversion feature, i.e. an embedded conversion right that enables the holder to obtain the underlying common stock at a price below market value. The beneficial conversion feature is contingent as the terms of the conversion do not permit the Company to compute the number of shares that the holder would receive if the contingent event occurs (i.e. future borrowings under the line of credit agreement). The Company has considered the accounting for this contingent beneficial conversion feature using the guidance in ASC 470, Debt. The guidance in ASC 470 states that a contingent beneficial conversion feature in an instrument shall not be recognized in earnings until the contingency is resolved. The beneficial conversion features of future borrowings under the line of credit agreement will be measured using the intrinsic value calculated at the date the contingency is resolved using the exercise price and trading value of the Company’s common stock at the date the line of credit agreement was issued (commitment date). Such amounts could range from $0 to approximately $474,000 depending on the amount borrowed by the Company under the line of credit agreement.

 As of December 31, 2013, no advances were made under the unsecured line of credit agreement.

 In March 2014, the holder of the line of credit agreed to increase the borrowing facility to an aggregate total of $3,500,000. Borrowings under the increased credit facility will bear interest at the same rate and are also due in March 2015. As consideration for the increase to the line of credit borrowing facility, the Company issued to the holder a warrant exercisable for 177,778 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrant has a term of one year from the date of issuance and an exercise price of $2.25 per share.

XML

EQUITY (Details 1) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Equity Details 1
Begining Balance	18,788,485	28,453,760
Granted	1,232,632	305,000
Expired/Cancelled	(688,749)	(12,000)
Exercised	(12,733,952)	(9,958,275)
Ending Balance	3,783,111	18,788,485
Begining Balance, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 0.56	$ 0.52
Granted, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 1.01	$ 0.92
Expired/Cancelled, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 1.49	$ 0.50
Exercised, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 0.52	$ 0.50
Ending Balance, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 1.17	$ 0.56

XML

EQUITY (Details Narratives) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Series B Preferred outstanding	239,400	239,400
Common stock issued	35,310
Options exercised	35,310
Preferred outstanding	239,400	239,400
Undeclared dividends	$ 8	$ 8
Undeclared dividends per share	$ 0.03	$ 0.03
Cash proceeds	11
Company issued common stock pursuant to the exercise of warrants	6,132,779
Warrants exercised	6,132,779
Company issued common stock pursuant to the cashless exercise	4,458,493
Proceeds from issuance of warrants	3,291
Warrants exercised	6,601,173
Related Party Convertible notes, shares	18,182
Related Party Convertible notes, amount	10
Shares issued to management and Board members	144,000
Shares issued pursuant to contractual conditions	120,000
Warrant to purchase common stock	6,598,416
Issued to Vocel a warrant to purchase	150,000
Gross revenue from the sale or license	500
Warrant purchase to consultant	50
Common stock price ranging of warrants	from $0.50 to $1.72
Warrants exercisable only upon attainment of specified events	330,000
Consultant [Member]
Warrant purchase to consultant	10
Consultant1 [Member]
Warrant purchase to consultant	$ 5

XML

EQUITY (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Equity Details
At beginning of period	76,639,849	67,988,916
Shares issued pursuant to warrants exercised for cash	6,132,779	7,052,647
Shares issued pursuant to cashless warrants exercised	4,458,493	1,573,362
Conversion of related-party notes payable into common stock	18,182
Shares issued as compensation in lieu of cash	264,000
Shares issued pursuant to options exercised	35,310	24,924
At end of period	87,548,613	76,639,849

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Stock issued in lieu of cash

Future minimum lease payments

($ in thousands)
2014	$	399
2015	$	382
2016	$	233
2017	$	190
2018 and thereafter	$	—
	$	1,204

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Notes to Financial Statements
Equipment	$ 700	$ 950
Leasehold improvements	5
Furniture	103	75
Property and equipment total	808	1,025
Less accumulated depreciation	(563)	(875)
Property and equipment net	$ 245	$ 150

XML

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 14 - STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock Options

 As of December 31, 2013, the Company had two active stock-based compensation plans; the 1999 Stock Option Plan (the “1999 Plan”) and the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2001 Plan”).

 1999 Plan

 The 1999 Plan was adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors on December 17, 1999. Under the terms of the 1999 Plan, the Company could, originally, issue up to 350,000 non-qualified or incentive stock options to purchase common stock of the Company. The Company subsequently amended and restated the 1999 Plan whereby it increased the share reserve for issuance by approximately 4.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock.  The 1999 Plan prohibits the grant of stock option or stock appreciation right awards with an exercise price less than fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. The 1999 Plan also generally prohibits the “re-pricing” of stock options or stock appreciation rights, although awards may be bought-out for a payment in cash or the Company’s stock. The 1999 Plan permits the grant of stock based awards other than stock options, including the grant of “full value” awards such as restricted stock, stock units and performance shares. The 1999 Plan permits the qualification of awards under the plan (payable in either stock or cash) as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The number of options issued and outstanding and the number of options remaining available for future issuance are shown in the table below.

 On July 22, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an amendment to the 1999 Plan, subject to shareholder approval, pursuant to which an additional 2,159,442 shares would be reserved for issuance under the plan. In October 2011, the Company’s shareholders approved this amendment resulting in 2,159,442 shares being added to the 1999 Plan.

 2001 Plan

 The 2001 Plan was adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors on September 12, 2001.  Under the terms of the 2001 Plan, the Company could issue stock awards to employees, directors and consultants of the Company, and such stock awards could be given for non-statutory stock options (options not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), stock bonuses, and rights to acquire restricted stock. The 2001 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors or a Committee of the Board. The Company originally reserved 1,000,000 shares of its common stock for issuance under the 2001 Plan. Options granted under the 2001 Plan shall not be less than 85% of the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant, and, in some cases, may not be less than 110% of such fair market value. The term of options granted under the 2001 Plan as well as their vesting are determined by the Board and to date, options have been granted with a ten year term and vesting over a three year period. While the Board may suspend or terminate the 2001 Plan at any time, if not terminated earlier, it will terminate on the day before its tenth anniversary of the date of adoption.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company does not anticipate issuing any additional stock awards under this plan.  Any shares not issued in connection with the awards outstanding under the 2001 Plan will become available for issuance under the 1999 Plan.  The number of options issued and outstanding and the number of options remaining available for future issuance are shown in the table below.

 A summary of the activity under the Company’s stock option plans is as follows:

	Options					Weighted-
				Weighted-		Average
				Average		Remaining
				Exercise		Contractual
				Price		Term (Years)
Balance at December 31, 2011		1,707,713		$	0.76		7.6
Granted		1,437,500		$	0.89		—
Expired/Cancelled		(89,068	)	$	0.92		—
Exercised		(24,924	)	$	0.29		—
Balance at December 31, 2012		3,031,221		$	0.82		7.9
Granted		817,500		$	1.39		—
Expired/Cancelled		(30,000	)	$	0.74		—
Exercised		(35,310	)	$	0.31		—
Balance at December 31, 2013		3,783,411		$	0.94		7.4

 At December 31, 2013, a total of 3,783,411 options were outstanding of which 2,309,865 were exercisable at a weighted average price of $0.80 per share with a remaining weighted average contractual term of approximately 6.5 years.  The Company expects that, in addition to the 2,309,865 options that were exercisable as of December 31, 2013, another 1,473,546 will ultimately vest resulting in a combined total of 3,783,411.  Those 1,473,546 shares have a weighted average exercise price of $1.17, an aggregate intrinsic value of approximately $1,139,000 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 8.9 years as of December 31, 2013.

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, there were 35,310 options exercised for cash resulting in the issuance of 35,310 shares of the Company’s common stock and proceeds of approximately $11,000.  During the year ended December 31, 2012, there were 24,924 options exercised which resulted in proceeds of approximately $7,000 to the Company.

 The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $59,000 and $14,000, respectively. The intrinsic value of options exercisable at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $2,648,000 and $389,000, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value for all options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $3,786,000 and $423,000, respectively.

 The following table summarizes information about employee stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2013:

		Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Exercise Price				Weighted-
				Average		Weighted-				Weighted-
		Number		Remaining Life		Average		Number		Average
		Outstanding		(Years)		Exercise Price		Exercisable		Exercise Price
$	0.17–0.24		450,221		5.0	$	0.19		450,221	$	0.19
$	0.54-0.74		788,787		6.7	$	0.72		677,589	$	0.72
$	0.77-1.15		2,082,403		8.1	$	0.95		1,085,055	$	0.97
$	1.45-2.74		462,000		8.2	$	2.02		97,000	$	2.29
Total			3,783,411						2,309,865

 At December 31, 2013, the total remaining unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options amounted to approximately $1,019,000, which will be amortized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service period of 2.2 years.

 At December 31, 2012, there were 1,473,546 shares outstanding and un-exercisable as they had not yet met the vesting criteria.  Those options had a weighted-average grant-date fair value of approximately $0.86.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, 951,610 shares vested with a weighted-average grant-date fair value of approximately $0.75 and approximately 30,000 shares forfeited or expired, of which 17,504 were vested and exercisable, with a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $0.88 resulting in 2,309,865 shares exercisable, with a weighted-average grant-date fair value of approximately $0.67 as of December 31, 2013.

 The weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $0.97 and $0.71, respectively. At December 31, 2013, the total remaining unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options amounted to approximately $1,019,000, which will be amortized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service period of 2.2 years.

Restricted Stock Awards

 In January of 2010, the Company issued 847,258 shares of restricted stock to members of management and the Board. These shares vested quarterly over a three-year period. The restricted shares were issued as compensation for the cancellation of 1,412,096 options held by members of management and the Board. The Company evaluated the exchange in accordance with ASC 718 and determined there was no incremental cost to be recorded in conjunction with the exchange as the fair value of the options surrendered at the modification date exceeded the fair value of the restricted shares issued at the modification date. Stock-based compensation expense related to these restricted stock grants was approximately $0 and $37,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Stock Appreciation Rights

 During March 2011, the Company granted 880,000 performance units to certain key employees that grant the holder the right to receive compensation based on the appreciation in the Company’s common stock in the event of transfer of control of the Company ("Performance Units"). As the vesting of the Performance Units is contingent upon the sale of the Company, the expense associated with the granting of the Performance Units was not material. The Performance Units issued to such key employees were terminated, and exchanged for options to purchase a total of 435,000 shares of common stock on January 30, 2012.

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

 The following table summarizes the common stock reserved for future issuance as of December 31, 2013:

	Common Stock
Convertible preferred stock – Series B		46,029
Convertible notes payable		154,743
Stock options outstanding		3,783,411
Warrants outstanding		6,598,416
Restricted stock grants		—
Authorized for future grant under stock option plans		24,434
		10,607,033

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Principles of Consolidation

 The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Operating Cycle

 Assets and liabilities related to long-term contracts are included in current assets and current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, although they will be liquidated in the normal course of contract completion which may take more than one operating cycle.

Use of Estimates

 The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Significant estimates include the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, inventory carrying values, deferred tax asset valuation allowances, accounting for loss contingencies, recoverability of goodwill and acquired intangible assets and amortization periods, assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model to calculate the fair value of share based payments, assumptions used in the application of fair value methodologies to calculate the fair value of derivative liabilities, revenue and cost of revenues recognized under the percentage of completion method and assumptions used in the application of fair value methodologies to calculate the fair value of pension assets and obligations. Actual results could differ from estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents

 The Company defines cash equivalents as highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than 90 days that are not held for sale in the ordinary course of business.

Accounts receivable

 In the normal course of business, the Company extends credit without collateral requirements to its customers that satisfy pre-defined credit criteria. Accounts receivable are recorded net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable are considered delinquent when the due date on the invoice has passed. The Company records its allowance for doubtful accounts based upon its assessment of various factors. The Company considers historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances, the credit quality of its customers, current economic conditions and other factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay to determine the level of allowance required.  Accounts receivable are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when all collection efforts by the Company have been unsuccessful.

Inventories

 Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined using the average cost method, or market. See note 6.

Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

 Property and equipment, consisting of furniture and equipment, are stated at cost and are being depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which generally range from three to five years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Major renewals or improvements are capitalized. When assets are sold or abandoned, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is recognized. Expenditures for leasehold improvements are capitalized. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 For certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, deferred revenues and notes payable to related parties, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow, market or foreign currency risks.

 The Company reviews the terms of the common and preferred stock, warrants and convertible debt it issues to determine whether there are embedded derivative instruments, including embedded conversion options, which are required to be bifurcated and accounted for separately as derivative financial instruments. In circumstances where the host instrument contains more than one embedded derivative instrument, including the conversion option, that is required to be bifurcated, the bifurcated derivative instruments are accounted for as a single, compound derivative instrument.

 Bifurcated embedded derivatives are initially recorded at fair value and are then revalued at each reporting date with changes in the fair value reported as non-operating income or expense. When the equity or convertible debt instruments contain embedded derivative instruments that are to be bifurcated and accounted for as liabilities, the total proceeds received are first allocated to the fair value of all the bifurcated derivative instruments. The remaining proceeds, if any, are then allocated to the host instruments themselves, usually resulting in those instruments being recorded at a discount from their face value.

 The discount from the face value of the convertible debt, together with the stated interest on the instrument, is amortized over the life of the instrument through periodic charges to interest expense, using the effective interest method.

Revenue recognition

 The Company recognizes revenue from the following major revenue sources:

● Long-term fixed-price contracts involving significant customization  

● Fixed-price contracts involving minimal customization  

● Software licensing  

● Sales of computer hardware and identification media  

● Postcontract customer support (“PCS”)

 The Company’s revenue recognition policies are consistent with U.S. GAAP including the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 985-605, “Software Revenue Recognition”, ASC 605-35 “Revenue Recognition, Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts”, “Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin 104”, and ASC 605-25 “Revenue Recognition, Multiple Element Arrangements”. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

 The Company recognizes revenue and profit as work progresses on long-term, fixed-price contracts involving significant amount of hardware and software customization using the percentage of completion method based on costs incurred to date compared to total estimated costs at completion. The primary components of costs incurred are third party software and direct labor cost including fringe benefits. Revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed are classified as current assets under “Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts”. Amounts billed to customers in excess of revenues recognized are classified as current liabilities under “Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts”. Revenue from contracts for which the Company cannot reliably estimate total costs or there are not significant amounts of customization are recognized upon completion. The Company also generates non-recurring revenue from the licensing of its software. Software license revenue is recognized upon the execution of a license agreement, upon deliverance, when fees are fixed and determinable, when collectability is probable and when all other significant obligations have been fulfilled. The Company also generates revenue from the sale of computer hardware and identification media. Revenue for these items is recognized upon delivery of these products to the customer. The Company’s revenue from periodic maintenance agreements is generally recognized ratably over the respective maintenance periods provided no significant obligations remain and collectability of the related receivable is probable. Pricing of maintenance contracts is consistent period to period and calculated as a percentage of the software or hardware revenue, which is approximately 15% annually.  Amounts collected in advance for maintenance services are included in current liabilities under "Deferred revenue". Sales tax collected from customers is excluded from revenue.

Goodwill

The Company accounts for its intangible assets under the provisions of ASC 350, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other”. In accordance with ASC 350, intangible assets with a definite life are analyzed for impairment under ASC 360-10-05 “Property, Plant and Equipment” and intangible assets with an indefinite life are analyzed for impairment under ASC 360 annually, or more often if circumstances dictate. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of each year, or if required, at the end of each fiscal quarter.  In accordance with ASC 350, goodwill, or the excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired is tested for impairment using a fair value approach at the “reporting unit” level. A reporting unit is the operating segment, or a business one level below that operating segment (referred to as a component) if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at the component level. The Company’s reporting unit is at the entity level. The Company recognizes an impairment charge for any amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its fair value. The Company uses fair value methodologies to establish fair values.

 The Company did not record any goodwill impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.

Intangible and Long Lived Assets

 Intangible assets are carried at their cost less any accumulated amortization.  Any costs incurred to renew or extend the life of an intangible or long lived asset are reviewed for capitalization.  The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their net book value may not be recoverable. When such factors and circumstances exist, the Company compares the projected undiscounted future cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their estimated useful lives against their respective carrying amount. Impairment, if any, is based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value, based on market value when available, or discounted expected cash flows, of those assets and is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The Company’s management currently believes there is no impairment of its long-lived assets. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for the Company’s products under development will continue. Either of these could result in future impairment of long-lived assets.

Concentration of Credit Risk

 Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and trade accounts receivable. The Company places its cash with high quality financial institutions and at times during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 exceeded the FDIC insurance limits of $250,000 for 2013 and 2012. Sales are typically made on credit and the Company generally does not require collateral. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company considers historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances, the credit quality of its customers, current economic conditions and other factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay to determine the level of allowance required. Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of approximately $3,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 For the year ended December 31, 2013 one customer accounted for approximately 42% or $2,211,000 of total revenues and had trade receivables of $0 as of the end of the year.  For the year ended December 31, 2012 one customer accounted for approximately 15% or $611,000 of total revenues and had trade receivables of $0 as of the end of the year.

Stock-Based Compensation

At December 31, 2013, the Company had two stock-based compensation plans for employees and nonemployee directors, which authorize the granting of various equity-based incentives including stock options and restricted stock.

 The Company estimates the fair value of its stock options using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, consistent with the provisions of ASC 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation”. The fair value of stock options granted is recognized to expense over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards is recognized using the straight-line single-option method. Stock-based compensation expense is reported in operating expenses based upon the departments to which substantially all of the associated employees report and credited to additional paid-in-capital. Stock-based compensation expense related to equity options was approximately $575,000 and $571,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In January 2010, the Company issued 847,258 shares of restricted stock to members of management and the Board. These shares will vest quarterly over a three-year period. The restricted shares were issued as compensation for the cancellation of 1,412,096 options held by members of management and the Board. The Company evaluated the exchange in accordance with ASC 718 and determined there was no incremental cost to be recorded in conjunction with the exchange as the fair value of the options surrendered at the modification date exceeded the fair value of the restricted shares issued at the modification date.  The Company recorded approximately $0 and $37,000 in compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to these restricted shares.

 ASC 718 requires the use of a valuation model to calculate the fair value of stock-based awards. The Company has elected to use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates various assumptions including volatility, expected life, and interest rates. The Company is required to make various assumptions in the application of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company has determined that the best measure of expected volatility is based on the historical weekly volatility of the Company’s common stock. Historical volatility factors utilized in the Company’s Black-Scholes computations for options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 ranged from 78% to 103%. The Company has elected to estimate the expected life of an award based upon the SEC approved “simplified method” noted under the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110. The expected term used by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 5.9 years. The difference between the actual historical expected life and the simplified method was immaterial. The interest rate used is the risk free interest rate and is based upon U.S. Treasury rates appropriate for the expected term. Interest rates used in the Company’s Black-Scholes calculations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 averaged 2.6%. Dividend yield is zero as the Company does not expect to declare any dividends on the Company’s common shares in the foreseeable future.

 In addition to the key assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model, the estimated forfeiture rate at the time of valuation is a critical assumption. The Company has estimated an annualized forfeiture rate of approximately 0% for corporate officers, 4.1% for members of the Board of Directors and 6.0% for all other employees. The Company reviews the expected forfeiture rate annually to determine if that percent is still reasonable based on historical experience.

Income Taxes

 Current income tax expense or benefit is the amount of income taxes expected to be payable or refundable for the current year. A deferred income tax asset or liability is computed for the expected future impact of differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax credits and loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Foreign Currency Translation

 The financial position and results of operations of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured using the foreign subsidiary’s local currency as the functional currency. Revenues and expenses of such subsidiaries have been translated into U.S. dollars at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Assets and liabilities have been translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date. The resulting translation gain and loss adjustments are recorded directly as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, unless there is a sale or complete liquidation of the underlying foreign investments. The Company translates foreign currencies of its German, Canadian and Mexican subsidiaries. The cumulative translation adjustment, which is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, decreased approximately $69,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and decreased approximately $75,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Comprehensive Income

 Comprehensive income consists of net gains and losses affecting shareholders’ equity that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are excluded from net loss. For the Company, the only items are the cumulative translation adjustment and the additional minimum liability related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plan, recognized pursuant to ASC 715-30, "Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans – Pension".

Advertising Costs

 The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The Company incurred approximately $12,000 in advertising expenses during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Loss Per Share

Basic loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss available to common shareholders for the period by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss available to common shareholders for the period by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, adjusted to include, if dilutive, potential dilutive shares consisting of convertible preferred stock, convertible notes payable, stock options and warrants, calculated using the treasury stock and if-converted methods.  For diluted loss per share calculation purposes, the net loss available to commons shareholders is adjusted to add back any preferred stock dividends and any interest on convertible debt reflected in the consolidated statement of operations for the respective periods.

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Numerator for basic and diluted loss per share:
Net loss	$	(9,849	)	$	(10,190	)
Preferred dividends		(51	)		(51	)
Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(9,900	)	$	(10,241	)
Denominator for basic loss per share — weighted-average shares outstanding		81,231,962			70,894,916
Effect of dilutive securities		—			—
Denominator for diluted loss per share — weighted-average shares outstanding		81,231,962			70,894,916
Basic and diluted loss per share:
Net loss	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.14	)
Preferred dividends		(—	)		(—	)
Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.14	)

The Company has excluded the following weighted-average securities from the calculation of diluted loss per share, as their effect would have been antidilutive:

Potential Dilutive Securities:	Common Share Equivalents at December 31, 2013		Common Share Equivalents at December 31, 2012
Convertible notes payable		101,185		100,018
Convertible preferred stock – Series B		46,139		47,880
Stock options		1,782,221		1,135,077
Restricted stock grants		80,932		324,863
Warrants		8,455,124		24,996,737
Total Potential Dilutive Securities		10,465,601		26,604,575

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”), or other standard setting bodies, which are adopted by us as of the specified effective date.  Unless otherwise discussed, the Company’s management believes the impact of recently issued standards not yet effective will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

 FASB ASU 2012-02.  In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment. This new accounting standard allows companies to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets is necessary. Under the guidance in ASU 2012-02, an entity has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test. An entity will be able to resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

FASB ASU 2013-05. In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-05, Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). ASU 2013-05 requires that when a reporting entity (parent) ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity, the parent is required to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. The provisions of ASU 2013-05 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. When adopted, ASU 2013-05 is not expected to materially impact our consolidated financial statements.

FASB ASU 2013-11. In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. This guidance requires netting unrecognized tax benefits against deferred tax assets for a loss or other carryforward that would apply in settlement of uncertain tax positions. This guidance will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. We do not believe that adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

XML

RELATED PARTY (Details Narratives) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Related Party Details Narratives
Related Party Convertible Notes, amount	110,000
Warrants issued in conjunction with Related Party Convertible Notes	149,996
Warrant interest rate	7.00%
Related Party warrant exercise price	$ 0.50
Related Party Convertible Note converted, amount	$ 10
Related Party Convertible Note converted, shares	18,182
Contract value of an agreement	370
Professional services Firm	0	188
Promissory note amount	2,500
Credit facility	$ 2,500
Interest per annum	8.00%
Due date	Mar. 01, 2015
Warrant issued for common stock	150,000
Warrant exercise price	$ 0.95
Warrant shares oustanding and exercisable	136,364

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Details 1)	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Potential Dilutive Securities:
Convertible notes payable	101,185	100,018
Convertible preferred stock Series B	46,139	47,880
Stock options	1,782,221	1,135,077
Restricted stock grants	80,932	324,863
Warrants	8,455,124	24,996,737
Total Potential Dilutive Securities	10,465,601	26,604,575

XML

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (Unaudited) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Condensed Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income Loss
Net loss	$ (9,849)	$ (10,190)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Additional minimum pension liability	(622)	1
Foreign currency translation adjustment	(69)	(75)
Comprehensive loss	$ (10,540)	$ (10,264)

XML

FAIR VALUE ACCOUNTING

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 3 - FAIR VALUE ACCOUNTING

 The Company accounts for fair value measurements in accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

 ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 are described below:

Level 1	Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.
Level 2	Applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.
Level 3	Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (supported by little or no market activity).

 The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value by level within the fair value hierarchy. As required by ASC 820, assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

	Fair Value at December 31, 2013
($ in thousands)	Total			Level 1			Level 2			Level 3
Assets:
Pension assets		$	1,790		$	1,790		$	—		$	—
Totals		$	1,790		$	1,790		$	—		$	—
Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities		$	57		$	—		$	—		$	57
Totals		$	57		$	—		$	—		$	57

	Fair Value at December 31, 2012
($ in thousands)	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Pension assets	$	1,630	$	1,630	$	—	$	—
Totals	$	1,630	$	1,630	$	—	$	—
Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	$	2,244	$	—	$	—	$	2,244
Totals	$	2,244	$	—	$	—	$	2,244

 The Company’s pension assets are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using market prices. The pension assets are primarily comprised of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts. All plan assets are managed in a policyholder pool in Germany by outside investment managers. The investment objectives for the plan are the preservation of capital, current income and long-term growth of capital.

 As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 40,000 outstanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock that qualified for derivative liability treatment.  The recorded fair market value of those warrants at December 31, 2013 was approximately $57,000 which is reflected as a current liability in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013. The fair value of the Company’s derivative liabilities are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using pricing models that incorporate management assumptions that cannot be corroborated with observable market data.  The Company uses Monte-Carlo simulation methodologies and the Black-Scholes valuation model in the determination of the fair value of the derivative liabilities.  

 The Monte-Carlo simulation methodology is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding the expected stock price volatility over the term of the derivative liabilities in addition to the probability of future financings. The Black-Scholes valuation model is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding the expected stock price volatility over the term of the derivative liabilities in addition to expected dividend yield and risk free interest rates appropriate for the expected term. 

 The Company monitors the activity within each level and any changes with the underlying valuation techniques or inputs utilized to recognize if any transfers between levels are necessary.  That determination is made, in part, by working with outside valuation experts for Level 3 instruments and monitoring market related data and other valuation inputs for Level 1 and Level 2 instruments.

 A reconciliation of the Company’s liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) is as follows:

($ in thousands)	Derivative Liabilities
Balance December 31, 2011	$	11,824
Included in earnings		4,712
Settlements		(14,292	)
Issuances		—
Transfers in and /or out of Level 3		—
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	2,244
Included in earnings		4,776
Settlements		(6,963	)
Issuances		—
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3		—
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	57

 All unrealized gains or losses resulting from changes in value of any Level 3 instruments are reflected as a separate line in the consolidated statement of operations in arriving at net loss. The Company is not a party to any hedge arrangements, commodity swap agreements or any other derivative financial instruments.  See further disclosures regarding the Company’s derivative liabilities in Note 10.

XML

INCOME TAXES (Details 1) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Notes to Financial Statements
Net operating loss carryforwards	$ 12,703	$ 11,554
Intangible assets	538	653
Stock based compensation	1,319	1,089
Reserves and accrued expenses	6	6
Other	(121)	(140)
Deferred tax assets total	14,445	13,162
Less valuation allowance	(14,445)	(13,162)
Net deferred tax assets

XML

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Details 2)	Dec. 31, 2013
Common stock reserved for future issuance	10,607,033
Warrants outstanding
Common stock reserved for future issuance	6,598,416
Common Stock | Convertible preferred stock – Series B
Common stock reserved for future issuance	46,029
Common Stock | Convertible Notes Payable [Member]
Common stock reserved for future issuance	154,743
Common Stock | Stock options outstanding
Common stock reserved for future issuance	3,783,411
Common Stock | Restricted stock grants
Common stock reserved for future issuance
Authorized Future Grant Under Stock Option Plans [Member]
Common stock reserved for future issuance	24,434

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies Tables

Computation of basic and diluted loss per share

(Amounts in thousands except share and per share amounts)	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Numerator for basic and diluted loss per share:
Net loss	$	(9,849	)	$	(10,190	)
Preferred dividends		(51	)		(51	)
Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(9,900	)	$	(10,241	)
Denominator for basic loss per share — weighted-average shares outstanding		81,231,962			70,894,916
Effect of dilutive securities		—			—
Denominator for diluted loss per share — weighted-average shares outstanding		81,231,962			70,894,916
Basic and diluted loss per share:
Net loss	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.14	)
Preferred dividends		(—	)		(—	)
Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.14	)

Potential Dilutive Securities

The Company has excluded the following weighted-average securities from the calculation of diluted loss per share, as their effect would have been antidilutive:

Potential Dilutive Securities:	Common Share Equivalents at December 31, 2013		Common Share Equivalents at December 31, 2012
Convertible notes payable		101,185		100,018
Convertible preferred stock – Series B		46,139		47,880
Stock options		1,782,221		1,135,077
Restricted stock grants		80,932		324,863
Warrants		8,455,124		24,996,737
Total Potential Dilutive Securities		10,465,601		26,604,575

XML

PENSION PLAN (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Pension Plan Details Narrative
Contributions to the plan	$ 43	$ 42

XML

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveLossTablesAbstract

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

	2013			2012
Additional minimum pension liability	$	(579	)	$	43
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(251	)		(182	)
Ending balance	$	(830	)	$	(139	)

XML

EQUITY

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 13 - EQUITY

 The Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, authorize the issuance of two classes of stock to be designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock”. The Preferred Stock may be divided into such number of series and with the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine.

 Series B Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

 The Company had 239,400 shares of Series B Preferred outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had cumulative undeclared dividends of approximately  $8,000 ($0.03 per share). There were no conversions of Series B Preferred into common stock during the year ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.

 Common Stock

 The following table summarizes outstanding common stock activity for the following periods:

	Common Stock
Shares outstanding at December 31, 2011		67,988,916
Shares issued pursuant to warrants exercised for cash		7,052,647
Shares issued pursuant to cashless warrants exercised		1,573,362
Shares issued pursuant to option exercises		24,924
Shares outstanding at December 31, 2012		76,639,849
Shares issued pursuant to warrants exercised for cash		6,132,779
Shares issued pursuant to cashless warrants exercised		4,458,493
Conversion of related-party notes payable into common stock		18,182
Shares issued as compensation in lieu of cash		264,000
Shares issued pursuant to option exercises		35,310
Shares outstanding at December 31, 2013		87,548,613

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 35,310 shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of 35,310 options for cash proceeds of approximately $11,000.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 6,132,779 shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of 6,132,779 warrants for cash proceeds of approximately $3,291,000. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 4,458,493 shares of common stock pursuant to the cashless exercise of 6,601,173 warrants. Also during the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 18,182 shares of common stock pursuant to the conversion of $10,000 of Related-Party Convertible notes payable principal. The Company also issued 144,000 shares of its common stock to certain members of the Company’s Board of Directors as compensation for services to be rendered through December 31, 2014.  Such shares are forfeitable should the Board members’ service be terminated. The Company also issued 120,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the achievement of certain contractual vesting conditions contained in previously issued restricted stock grants to non-affiliated consultants.

 Warrants

 As of December 31, 2013, warrants to purchase 6,598,416 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $0.50 to $1.72 were outstanding. All warrants are exercisable as of December 31, 2013 and expire at various dates through December 2016, with the exception of an aggregate of 330,000 warrants, which become exercisable only upon the attainment of specified events.

 The following table summarizes warrant activity for the following periods:

	Warrants			Weighted-
				Average
				Exercise Price
Balance at December 31, 2011		28,453,760		$	0.52
Granted		305,000		$	0.92
Expired / Canceled		(12,000	)	$	0.50
Exercised		(9,958,275	)	$	0.50
Balance at December 31, 2012		18,788,485		$	0.56
Granted		1,232,632		$	1.01
Expired / Canceled		(688,749	)	$	1.49
Exercised		(12,733,952	)	$	0.52
Balance at December 31, 2013		6,598,416		$	0.63

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued to certain consultants warrants to purchase an aggregate of 110,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Such warrants have exercise prices ranging from $1.08 to $1.15 per share and have terms ranging from one to three years from the date of issuance. An aggregate of 80,000 of these warrants become exercisable only upon the attainment of specified events. No such events were obtained during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued to an existing shareholder and member of our Board of Directors warrants to purchase 1,052,632 shares of the Company’s common stock. Such warrants have an exercise price of $0.95 per share and a term of two years from the date of issuance.

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued to certain members of a newly established advisory board, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 70,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Such warrants have an exercise price of $1.72 per share and have a two year term. The Company recorded the estimated grant date fair value of these warrants using the Black-Scholes option valuation model as a component of general and administrative expense.

 During the year ended December 31, 2013, there were 6,601,173 warrants exercised pursuant to cashless transactions and 688,749 warrants expired. During the year ended December 31, 2013, there were 6,132,779 warrants exercised for cash resulting in cash proceeds to the Company of approximately $3,291,000. The Company issued 4,458,493 shares of its common stock pursuant to cashless warrant exercises and 6,132,779 shares of its common stock pursuant to warrants exercised for cash.

 The following table summarizes information regarding the warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2013:

Exercise Price		Number Outstanding	Weighted—Average  Remaining Life (Years)	Weighted—Average  Exercise Price
$	0.50	4,795,504	2.50	$	0.50
$	0.80	150,000	3.00	$	0.80
$	0.95	1,052,632	1.24	$	0.95
$	0.98	100,000	0.63	$	0.98
$	1.00	265,280	0.58	$	1.00
$	1.08	50,000	0.08	$	1.08
$	1.10	75,000	1.93	$	1.10
$	1.14	30,000	1.04	$	1.14
$	1.15	5,000	0.05	$	1.15
$	1.25	5,000	0.75	$	1.25
$	1.72	70,000	1.69	$	1.72
		6,598,416